GE Fanuc Automation
Computer Numerical Control Products
Series 15 / 150 – Model B
Parameter Manual
GFZ-62560E/02 |
March 1997 |
GFL-001
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes as Used in this Publication
Warning
Warning notices are used in this publication to emphasize that hazardous voltages, currents, temperatures, or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist in this equipment or may be associated with its use.
In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment, a Warning notice is used.
Caution
Caution notices are used where equipment might be damaged if care is not taken.
Note
Notes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding and operating the equipment.
This document is based on information available at the time of its publication. While efforts have been made to be accurate, the information contained herein does not purport to cover all details or variations in hardware or software, nor to provide for every possible contingency in connection with installation, operation, or maintenance. Features may be described herein which are not present in all hardware and software systems. GE Fanuc Automation assumes no obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made.
GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutory with respect to, and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, sufficiency, or usefulness of the information contained herein. No warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose shall apply.
©Copyright 1997 GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
B±62560E/02 |
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE |
|
|
|
|
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE
This manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user and preventing damage to the machine. Precautions are classified into Warning and Caution according to their bearing on safety. Also, supplementary information is described as a Note. Read the Warning, Caution, and Note thoroughly before attempting to use the machine.
WARNING
Applied when there is a danger of the user being injured or when there is a damage of both the user being injured and the equipment being damaged if the approved procedure is not observed.
CAUTION
Applied when there is a danger of the equipment being damaged, if the approved procedure is not observed.
NOTE
The Note is used to indicate supplementary information other than Warning and Caution.
Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.
s±1
B±62560E/02 |
PREFACE |
|
|
|
|
PREFACE
The models covered by this manual, and their abbreviations are :
Product Name |
|
|
Abbreviations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±TB |
|
15±TB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±TFB |
|
15±TFB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15TED±MODEL B±4 |
(*1) |
15TED |
15±T |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15TEE±MODEL B±4 |
(*1) |
15TEE |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15TEF±MODEL B±4 |
(*1) |
15TEF |
|
T series |
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 150±TB |
|
150±TB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±TTB |
|
15±TTB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±TTFB |
|
15±TTFB |
15±TT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 150±TTB |
|
150±TTB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MB |
|
15±MB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MFB |
|
15±MFB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15MEK±MODEL B±4 |
(*2) |
15MEK |
15±M |
M series |
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15MEL±MODEL B±4 |
(*2) |
15MEL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 150±MB |
|
150±MB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*1) The FANUC Series 15TED/TEE/TEF±MODEL B±4 is a software±fixed CNC capable of 4 contouring axes switchable out of 8 axes for milling machines and machining centers.
Further the following functions can not be used in the 15TED, 15±TEE or 15TEF.
DIncrement system D/E (Increment system C is an option function)
DHelical interpolation B
DOSI/ETHERNET function
DHigh±precision contour control using RISC
DMacro compiler (self compile function)
DMMC±III, MMC±IV
DConnecting for personal computer by high±speed serial±bus
(*2) The FANUC Series 15MEK/MEL±MODEL B±4 is a software±fixed CNC capable of 4 contouring axes switchable out of 8 axes for milling machines and machining centers.
Further the following functions can not be used in the 15MEK or 15MEL.
DIncrement system D/E (Increment system C is an option function)
DHelical interpolation B
DPlane switching
DDesignation direction tool length compensation
D2 axes electric gear box
DManual interruption of 3±dimensional coordinate system conversion
D3±dimensional cutter compensation
DTrouble diagnosis guidance
DOSI/ETHERNET function
DHigh±precision contour control using RISC
DMacro compiler (self compile function)
DMMC±III, MMC±IV
DSmooth interpolation
DConnecting for personal computer by high±speed serial±bus
p±1
PREFACE |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manuals related to FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B are as follows. |
|
|
|
This manual is marked with an asterisk (*). |
|
|
|
List of Manuals Related to Series 15/150±MODEL B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manual Name |
Specification |
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±TB/TFB/TTB/TTFB DESCRIPTIONS |
B±62072E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B For Machining Center DESCRIPTIONS |
B±62082E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B CONNECTION MANUAL |
B±62073E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B CONNECTION MANUAL (BMI Interface) |
B±62073E±1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MODEL B For Lathe OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Programming) |
B±62554E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MODEL B For Lathe OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Operation) |
B±62554E±1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B For Machining Center OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Programming) |
B±62564E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B For Machining Center OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Operation) |
B±62564E±1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B PARAMETER MANUAL |
B±62560E |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15/150±MODEL B MAINTENANCE MANUAL |
B±62075E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MODEL B DESCRIPTIONS (Supplement for Remote Buffer) |
B±62072E±1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MODEL B PROGRAMMING MANUAL (Macro Compiler / Macro Executer) |
B±62073E±2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
PMC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC PMC±MODEL N/NA PROGRAMMING MANUAL (Ladder Language) |
B±61013E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC PMC±MODEL NB/NB2 PROGRAMMING MANUAL (Ladder Language) |
B±61863E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC PMC±MODEL N/NA PROGRAMMING MANUAL (C Language) |
B±61013E±2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC PMC±MODEL NB PROGRAMMING MANUAL (C Language) |
B±61863E±1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC PMC±MODEL N/NA |
B±61013E±4 |
|
|
PROGRAMMING MANUAL (C Language ± Tool Management Library) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversational Automatic Programming Function |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONVERSATIONAL AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMING FUNCTION FOR MACHINING CENTER |
B±61263E |
|
|
(Series 15±MF/MFB) PROGRAMMING MANUAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONVERSATIONAL AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMING FUNCTION FOR MACHINING CENTER |
B±61264E |
|
|
(Series 15±MF/MFB) OPERATOR'S MANUAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONVERSATIONAL AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMING FUNCTION FOR LATHE |
B±61234E |
|
|
(Series 15±TF/TTF/TFB/TTFB) OPERATOR'S MANUAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONVERSATIONAL AUTOMATIC PROGRAMMING FUNCTION II FOR LATHE |
B±61804E±2 |
|
|
(Series 15±TFB/TTFB) OPERATOR'S MANUAL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tracing / Digitizing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MB DESCRIPTIONS (Supplement for Tracing / Digitizing) |
B±62472E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MB CONNECTION MANUAL (Supplement for Tracing / Digitizing) |
B±62473E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MB OPERATOR'S MANUAL (Supplement for Tracing / Digitizing) |
B±62474E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gas, Laser Plasma Cutting Machine |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MB DESCRIPTIONS (FOR GAS, LASER PLASMA CUTTING MACHINE) |
B±62082EN±1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multi±Teaching Function |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±MB CONNECTION MANUAL (Multi±Teaching Function) |
B±62083E±1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multiple±axis and Multiple±path Control Function |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FANUC Series 15±TTB OPERATOR'S MANUAL |
B±62074E±1 |
|
|
(Supplement Explanations for Multiple±axis and Multiple±path Control Function) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p±2
B±62560E/02 |
Table of Contents |
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
s±1 |
|
PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
p±1 |
|
1. DISPLAYING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1 |
|
1.1 |
DISPLAYING PARAMETERS OTHER THAN PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION DATA . . . . . . |
1 |
1.2 |
DISPLAYING PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1 |
2. SETTING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2 |
|
2.1 |
PARAMETER TAPE FORMATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2 |
|
2.1.1 Parameter tape formats other than tape format for pitch error compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2 |
|
2.1.2 Format of pitch error compensation tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4 |
2.2 |
SETTING PARAMETERS USING PARAMETER TAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
5 |
2.3 |
SETTING PARAMETERS FROM THE MDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
6 |
2.4 |
PROCEDURE FOR SETTING DIGITAL SERVO PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
7 |
2.5COMPATIBILITY OF PARAMETERS WITH THE SERIES
15±MA, ±TA, ±TTA, ±MF, ±TF, AND ±TTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
12 |
3. PUNCHING PARAMETER TAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
13 |
|
3.1 |
PUNCHING ALL PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
13 |
3.2 |
PUNCHING PARAMETERS OTHER THAN PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
13 |
3.3 |
PUNCHING PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
13 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
14 |
|
4.1 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
16 |
4.2 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO TIMERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
23 |
4.3 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO AXIS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
27 |
4.4 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO CHOPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
43 |
4.5 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO COORDINATE SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
45 |
4.6 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO FEEDRATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
48 |
4.7PARAMETERS RELATED TO SCREEN FOR SPECIFYING HIGH±SPEED AND
|
HIGH±PRECISION MACHINING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
63 |
|
4.8 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO ACCELERATION/DECELERATION CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
64 |
|
4.9 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO SERVO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
74 |
|
4.10 |
TANDEM CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
103 |
|
|
4.10.1 Axis assignment of a system which includes tandem control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
104 |
|
|
4.10.2 |
Preload function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
105 |
|
4.10.3 |
Settings (parameters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
105 |
|
4.10.4 Connection of axis signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
108 |
|
4.11 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO DI/DO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
109 |
|
4.12 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO CRT/MDI AND EDITING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
121 |
|
4.13 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
138 |
|
4.14 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO SERIAL SPINDLE OUTPUT AND |
|
|
|
CS CONTOUR CONTROL FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
151 |
4.14.1Automatic setting method of serial interface spindle parameters
(upload from spindle amplifier to CNC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
151 |
4.14.2Transfer method of serial interface spindle parameters
(download from CNC to the spindle amplifier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
151 |
c±1
Table of Contents |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
4.14.3 |
Other parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
151 |
|
4.14.4 |
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
151 |
|
4.14.5 |
Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
152 |
4.15 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO WAVEFORM DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
184 |
|
4.16 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO GRAPHIC DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
185 |
|
4.17 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO READER/PUNCH INTERFACES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
189 |
|
4.18 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO STROKE LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
200 |
|
4.19 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO POSITION SWITCHING FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
208 |
|
4.20 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO REFERENCE MARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
211 |
|
4.21 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
213 |
|
4.22 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO GRADIENT COMPENSATION |
|
|
|
(VALID ONLY WITH THE SERIES 15±M AND SERIES 15±T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
230 |
|
4.23 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO STRAIGHTNESS COMPENSATION |
|
|
|
(VALID ONLY WITH THE SERIES 15±M AND SERIES 15±T) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
232 |
|
|
4.23.1 |
Straigtness Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
232 |
|
4.23.2 Straigtness Compensation at 128 points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
233 |
|
|
4.23.3 |
Interpolation±type straightness compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
235 |
4.24 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO SPINDLE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
243 |
|
4.25 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO RIGID TAPPING WITH THE SERIES 15±TT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
274 |
|
4.26 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO THE ELECTRONIC GEAR BOX (EGB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
282 |
|
4.27 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO TOOL OFFSETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
287 |
|
4.28 |
THREE±DIMENSIONAL CUTTER COMPENSATION (SUPPLEMENT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
298 |
4.29PARAMETERS RELATED TO CYLINDRICAL INTERPOLATION CUTTING POINT
|
COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
303 |
4.30 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO CANNED CYCLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
305 |
4.31 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO SCALING AND COORDINATE ROTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
312 |
4.32 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO AUTOMATIC CORNER OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
314 |
4.33PARAMETERS RELATED TO AUTOMATIC FEEDRATE CONTROL
|
USING INVOLUTE INTERPOLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
317 |
4.34 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO UNI±DIRECTIONAL POSITIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
319 |
4.35 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO CUSTOM MACROS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
320 |
4.36PARAMETERS RELATED TO RESTARTING PROGRAMS AND
BLOCKS AND TOOL RETRACTION AND RECOVERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
328 |
4.37 PARAMETERS RELATED TO SKIP FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
329 |
4.38PARAMETERS RELATED TO AUTOMATIC TOOL COMPENSATION
(FOR THE SERIES 15±T ONLY) AND AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMENT
|
(FOR THE SERIES 15±M ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
334 |
|
4.39 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
336 |
|
4.40 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO TURRET AXIS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
339 |
|
4.41 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO 3±DIMENSIONAL HANDLE FEEL FOR 15±M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
342 |
|
4.42 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO 15±TT THREE±DIMENSIONAL HANDLE FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . |
348 |
|
4.43 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO 15±TT TOOL LENGTH COMPENSATION |
|
|
|
ALONG THE TOOL AXIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
355 |
|
4.44 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO DESIGNATION DIRECTION TOOL |
|
|
|
LENGTH COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
360 |
|
4.45 |
PARAMETER RELATED TO UPGRADED 5±AXIS CONTROL COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . |
361 |
|
|
4.45.1 |
Specifying the coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
361 |
|
4.45.2 |
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
361 |
|
4.45.3 Display for three±dimensional coordinate conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
361 |
c±2
B±62560E/02 |
o on n |
|
|
4.46 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH±PRECISION CONTOUR CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
362 |
4.47 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO HIGH±PRECISION CONTOUR CONTROL BASED |
|
|
ON A 64±BIT RISC PROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
366 |
|
4.47.1 Parameters related to axis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
368 |
|
4.47.2 Parameters related to automatic feedrate control and acceleration/deceleration before interpolation . |
368 |
|
4.47.3 Parameters related to the positioning/auxiliary function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
371 |
4.48 |
OTHER PARAMETERS (PARAMETER NUMBERS 7600 TO 7799) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
372 |
4.49 |
PARAMETERS RELATED TO MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
391 |
4.50 |
DNC OPERATION WITH THE REMOTE BUFFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
392 |
|
4.50.1 High±speed distribution in DNC operation with the remote buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
392 |
|
4.50.2 Ultrahigh±speed distribution in DNC operation with the remote buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
395 |
c±3
B±62560E/02 |
1. DISPLAYING PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
(1)Press the SERVICE, CHAPTER, and PARAM soft keys in this order. Alternatively, press the SERVICE hard key several times. The parameter screen is displayed.
(2)Enter the number of the parameter to be displayed, then press the INP±NO. soft key.
Alternatively, instead of entering the parameter number, the cursor or page key can be used to change the screen.
(1)Press the SERVICE, CHAPTER, and PITCH soft keys in this order. Alternatively, press the SERVICE hard key several times. The parameter screen is displayed.
(2)Enter the number of the parameter to be displayed, then press the INP±NO. soft key.
Alternatively, instead of entering the parameter number, the cursor or page key can be used to change the screen.
± 1 ±
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
2. SETTING PARAMETERS
2.1 Parameter Tape Formats
2.1.1 Parameter tape formats other than tape format for pitch error compensation
Parameters are classified according to data formats, as follows:
Data format |
Data range |
Remarks |
|
|
|
Bit type |
0 or 1 |
|
Bit axis type |
0 or 1 |
|
Byte type |
0 to ±127 |
|
Byte axis type |
0 to ±127 |
|
Word type |
0 to ±32767 |
|
Word axis type |
0 to ±32767 |
|
2±word type |
0 to ±99999999 |
|
2±word axis type |
0 to ±99999999 |
|
NOTE 1 ªAxisº means that independent data can be set for each control axis.
NOTE 2 A valid data range is a general range. The valid range depends on parameters. For details, see the explanation of each parameter.
(1) Format of bit parameter tape N ___ P____ ;
N ___ : A 4±digit numeric value following address N specifies a parameter number. (Positive integer)
P ____ : An 8±digit numeric value following address P specifies parameter value 0 or 1. Each data number contains eight bit±type parameters. Parameter value 0 or 1 of bit 0 is set in the first digit. Parameter value 0 or 1 of bit 7 is set in the eighth digit. (Positive integer)
;: End of block (LF for ISO code and CR for EIA code)
NOTE 1 Addresses N and P must be specified in that order.
NOTE 2 Leading zeros cannot be omitted.
Example
N0000 P00010001 ;
(2) Format of bit axis parameter tape N ___ A __ P ____;
N ___ |
: A 4±digit numeric value following address N specifies a parameter number. |
|
(Positive integer) |
A __ |
: Axis number (1 to 6). (Positive integer) |
P ____ |
: An 8±digit numeric value following address P specifies parameter value 0 or 1. Each data |
|
number contains eight bit±type parameters. Parameter value 0 or 1 of bit 0 is set in the first |
|
digit. Parameter value 0 or 1 of bit 7 is set in the eighth digit. (Positive integer) |
;: End of block (LF for ISO code and CR for EIA code)
NOTE 1 Addresses N, A, and P must be specified in that order.
NOTE 2 Leading zeros cannot be omitted.
Example
N0012 A1 P00000011 ;
N0012 A2 P00000010 ;
N0012 A3 P00000010 ;
± 2 ±
B±62560E/02 |
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
(3) Format of byte parameter tape N ___ P ____ ;
N ___ : A 4±digit numeric value following address N specifies a parameter number. (Positive integer)
P ____ : A numeric value following address P specifies a parameter value. (Integer)
The valid data range that can be set depends on parameters.
;: End of block (LF for ISO code and CR for EIA code)
NOTE Addresses N and P must be specified in that order.
Example
N2010 P100 ;
(4) Format of byte axis parameter tape
N ___ A __ P ____ ;
N ___ |
: A 4±digit numeric value following address N specifies a parameter number. |
|
(Positive integer) |
A __ |
: Axis number (1 to 6). (Positive integer) |
P ____ |
: A numeric value following address P specifies a parameter value. (Integer) |
|
The valid data range that can be set depends on parameters. |
;: End of block (LF for ISO code and CR for EIA code)
NOTE Addresses N, A, and P must be specified in that order.
Example
N1020 A1 P88 ;
N1020 A2 P89 ;
N1020 A3 P90 ;
The parameters of each axis can be specified in one block as follows:
M1020 A1 P88 A2 P89 A3 P90;
(5)Format of word parameter tape
Same as the format of the byte parameter tape
(6)Format of word axis parameter tape
Same as the format of the byte axis parameter tape
(7)Format of two words parameter tape
Same as the format of the byte parameter tape
(8)Format of two words axis parameter tape
Same as the format of the byte axis parameter tape
Example of NC tape where parameters other than pitch error compensation data are punched
% ;
N0 P1 ;
N3 P0 ; N10P10 ; N11 P0 ;
:
:
:
%
± 3 ±
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1.2 Format of pitch error compensation tape |
|
|
|
N ___ P ____ ; |
|
|
|
N ___ |
: A 5±digit numeric value following address N specifies a number which is equal to (10000 + number |
||
|
of pitch error compensation point). (Positive integer) |
|
|
P ____ |
: A numeric value following address P specifies the value of pitch error compensation data. (Integer) |
||
|
±7 to 7 can be set (valid range). |
|
|
; |
: End of block (LF for ISO code and CR for EIA code) |
|
|
NOTE Addresses N and P must be specified in that order.
Example of punching NC tape with pitch error compensation data (ISO code) % ;
N10000 P1 ;
N10001 P4 ;
N10002 P±7 ;
N10003 P3 ;
N10004 P2 ;
:
:
:
%
± 4 ±
B±62560E/02 |
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
2.2 Setting Parameters Using Parameter Tape
1Set the emergency stop status.
2Press the SETTING soft or hard key to select the setting screen.
3Enter 8000.
4Press the INP±NO. soft key to display parameter No. 8000.
5Enter 1 and press the INPUT soft key. PWE, a bit of parameter No. 8000 is set to 1, thereby enabling subsequent parameter setting. The NC enters the alarm status.
6Press the function menu key to restore the soft keys to the function selection status.
7Press the SERVICE soft key, then press the PARAM soft key, or press the SERVICE hard key several times. The parameter screen is displayed.
8Set the parameter tape in the tape reader.
9Press the READ soft key, then press the ALL soft key. The parameter tape is read and the parameters are set.
10 Temporarily turn off NC power.
± 5 ±
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
2.3 Setting Parameters from the MDI
1Set the MDI mode or emergency stop status.
2Press the SETTING soft or hard key to select the setting screen.
3Enter 8000.
4Press the INP±NO. soft key to display parameter No. 8000.
5Enter 1 and press the INPUT soft key. PWE, a bit of parameter is set to 1, thereby enabling subsequent parameter setting. The NC enters the alarm status.
6Press the function menu key to restore the soft keys to the function selection status.
7Press the SERVICE soft key, then press the PARAM soft key (for pitch error compensation data, press PITCH), or press the SERVICE hard key several times. The parameter screen is displayed.
8Enter the number of the parameter to be set and press the INP±NO. soft key. The screen containing the parameter to be set is displayed.
9Enter the data to be set and press the INPUT soft key. The entered data is set.
To continuously enter data items from the selected parameter, delimit them with a comma (;).
Example
When 10;20;30;40 is entered and the INPUT soft key is pressed, 10, 20, 30, and 40 are sequentially set, starting at the parameter indicated by the cursor.
10Repeat steps (7), (8), and (9).
11When parameter setting is completed, set PWE a bit of parameter No. 8000 to 0 to inhibit subsequent parameter setting.
12Reset the NC and release the alarm ªParameters can be set.º If the alarm ªThe parameter requesting that NC power be turned off once has been setº is issued, turn off the NC power.
NOTE 1 The blank bits in the parameter list (4. ªDescription of Parametersº) and the parameter numbers that are displayed on the CRT but not listed in the list are reserved for future expansion. Be sure to set these bits to 0.
NOTE 2 Be sure to set digital servo parameters in the emergency stop status. Data set in statuses other than the emergency stop status is invalid. The following digital servo numbers can be set:
1700 to 1738, 1806 to 1890, 1852 to 1879, 1891, and 1895, 1951 to 1999
± 6 ±
B±62560E/02 |
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
2.4 Procedure for Setting Digital Servo Parameters
After connecting the NC and the motor, use the following procedure to set the digital servo parameters. For details on digital servo parameters, refer to HAC Servo Unit Maintenance Manual (B±65005).I
(1)First, press the NC soft key SERVICE several times. Then, the screen (servo setting screen) shown below appears on the CRT.
|
|
SERVO SETTING |
|
|
01000 N0000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
X axis |
Z axis |
|
|
Initialization bit |
00000000 |
00000000 |
||
|
|
Motornumber |
|
|
0 |
0 |
|
|
AMR |
|
|
00000000 |
00000000 |
|
|
CMR |
|
|
0 |
0 |
|
|
Feed gear |
N |
|
0 |
0 |
|
|
Feed gear |
M |
|
0 |
0 |
|
|
Move direction |
0 |
0 |
||
|
|
Number of speed pulses |
0 |
0 |
||
|
|
Number of position pulses |
0 |
0 |
||
|
|
Reference counter |
0 |
0 |
||
|
|
Number= |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initialization bit |
|
No. 1804 |
|
|
||
Motor number |
|
No. 1874 |
|
|
||
AMR |
|
|
No. 1806 |
|
|
|
CMR |
|
|
No. 1820 |
|
|
|
Feed gear |
N |
|
No. 1977 |
|
|
|
(N/M) |
M |
|
No. 1978 |
|
|
|
Move direction |
|
No. 1879 |
|
|
||
Number of speed pulses |
|
No. 1876 |
|
|
||
Number of position pulses |
|
No. 1891 |
|
|
||
Reference counter |
|
No. 1896 |
|
|
(2)Complete servo parameter initialization by setting each parameter on this screen according to the flowcharts described below.
± 7 ±
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
[Flowchart for servo parameter initialization]
|
|
|
'44+/) |
|
|
|
||
'2+#- 15-3' %0&'2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91' 0( 15-3' %0&'2 |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
'2+#- 15-3' %0&'2 02 |
|
|
|
'44+/) 3 |
52/ 0/ 107'2 40 +/ '.'2)'/%9 3401 34#4' |
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
" |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
'44+/)2 |
|
'#34 +/154 +/%2'.'/4 . |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3'44+/) |
|
|
0 |
/+4+#-+:#4+0/ $+4 |
$+4 $+4 |
|
|
||||
|
0402 /5.$'2 |
0 3 #/& -#4'2 |
0402 |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
||||||
6 |
|
|
'' 4*' 4#$-' 3*07/ |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
#4 4*' 2+)*4 |
3 |
|
|||
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
4*'2 4*#/ 4*' #$06' |
||
|
06' &+2'%4+0/ |
! |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
! |
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
'('2'/%' %05/4'2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52/ 0(( 4*' 107'2 4*'/ 452/ +4 0/ #)#+/ |
|
|
||||
|
-03' -001 |
|
|
|
|
'.+ %-03'& -001 |
|
|
|
|
|
91' 0( .#%*+/' 3934'. |
|
|
|||
0 |
$+4 3 |
|
|
|
|
'4 (+'8+$-' (''& )'#2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
$+4 |
|
|
|
|
5.'2#402 0( |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
'/0.+/#402 0( |
||
'4 (+'8+$-' (''& )'#2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
5.'2#402 0( |
|
0 6 |
5.$'2 0( 31''& 15-3'3 |
2 |
||||
'/0.+/#402 0( |
|
|
|
5.$'2 0( 103+4+0/ 15-3'3 2 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
3 5.$'2 0( (''&$#%, |
|
|
|
0 6 |
5.$'2 0( 31''& 15-3'3 2 |
15-3'3 1'2 .0402 |
|
|
||||
2'60-54+0/ 3'/4 (20. |
|
|
||||||
|
5.$'2 0( 103+4+0/ 15-3'3 |
3 |
|
|
||||
4*' 3%#-' |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
52/ 0(( 4*' 107'2 4*'/ 452/ +4 0/ #)#+/ |
|
|
||||
|
|
0.1-'4+0/ 0( 1#2#.'4'2 3'44+/) |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
± 8 ± |
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
[Flowchart for setting when serial pulse coder A or B is used with a least input increment of 0.1μm]
NOTE An optional parameter for 0.1μm control is required.
|
|
|
|
|
Setting 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMR setting |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Initialization bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
No 1804 |
bit 1 = 0 bit 0 = 0 |
|
|||||||||||
1874 |
Motor number |
No 39 and later |
Motor |
AMR |
|||||||||
1806 |
AMR |
See the table shown |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
A 5 0 |
10000010 |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
at the right |
|
|
|
|
|||||
1820 |
MR |
A 3 0S 4 0S |
00000011 |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
Other than the |
above00000000 |
|||||||
1879 |
Move direction |
111 W |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
111 W |
|
|
|
|
|||||
1896 |
Reference counter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
Turn off the power then turn it on again |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
lose loop |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi closed loop |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of machine system ?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No 1807 |
|
bit 3 = 1 |
|
|
Set fiexible feed gear : |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1815 |
|
bit 1 = 1 |
|
|
1977 N Numerator of MR |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1978 M enominator of MR |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Set fiexible feed gear : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
No 1876 |
Number of speed pulses |
|
819 |
|
|||||||
1977 N Numerator of MR |
|
|
|||||||||
1978 M enominator of MR |
1891 |
Number of position pulses 1250 |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No 1876 |
|
Number of speed pulses |
8192 |
|
1891 |
|
Number of position pulses Ns/10 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ns: Number of feedback pulses per motor revolution sent from the scale
Turn off the power then turn it on again
ompletion of parameter setting
± 9 ±
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
[Flowchart for setting when serial pulse coder C is used with a least input increment of 0.1μm]
|
|
|
|
|
Setting 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
No 1804 |
Initialization bit |
bit 1 = 0 bit 0 |
= 0 |
|||||||
1874 |
Motor number |
No 39 and later |
|
|
|
|||||
1806 |
AMR |
00000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1820 |
MR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1879 |
Move direction |
111 W |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
111 W |
|
|
|
|||
1896 |
Reference counter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Turn off the power then turn it on again |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lose loop |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Semi closed loop |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of machine system ?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No 1807 |
|
bit 3 = 1 |
|
|
Set fiexible feed gear : |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1815 |
|
bit 1 = 1 |
|
|
1977 N Numerator of MR |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1978 M enominator of MR |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Set fiexible feed gear : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
No 1876 |
Number of speed pulses |
4000 |
|
|||||||
1977 N Numerator of MR |
|
|||||||||
1978 M enominator of MR |
1891 |
Number of position pulses4000 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No 1876 |
|
Number of speed pulses |
4000 |
|
1891 |
|
Number of position pulses Ns/10 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ns: Number of feedback pulses per motor revolution sent from the scale
Turn off the power then turn it on again
ompletion of parameter setting
± 10 ±
B±62560E/02 |
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
[Setting the flexible feed gear]
When using a motor with a serial pulse coder, be sure to use the flexible feed gear for DMR setting. An alarm is issued when the flexible feed gear is not used.
(Serial pulse coder A or B)
|
Numerator of DMR (No. 1977) |
= |
Number of position feedback pulses per motor revolution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Denominator of DMR (No. 1978) |
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 1 The maximum specifiable number is 32767 for both the numerator and denominator. So, reduce the above fraction to its lowest terms.
NOTE 2 When the T Series motor (serial pulse coder B) is used, the numerator of DMR (No. 1977) must not be greater than 250,000, and the denominator of DMR (No. 1978) must be 1,000,000.
NOTE 3 Make sure the numerator <denominator.
Whenthenumeraor > denominator, an alarm is issued.
(Serial pulse coder C)
|
Numerator of DMR (No. 1977) |
= |
Number of position feedback pulses per motor revolution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Denominator of DMR (No. 1978) |
40,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE The maximum specifiable number is 32767 for both the numerator and denominator. So, reduce the above fraction to its lowest terms.
(Closed loop)
|
Numerator of DMR (No. 1977) |
= |
Number of position feedback pulses per motor revolution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator of DMR (No. 1978) |
Number of pulse per encoder revolution |
||
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE The maximum specifiable number is 32767 for both the numerator and denominator. So, reduce the above fraction to its lowest terms.
± 11 ±
2. SETTING PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
2.5Compatibility of Parameters with the Series 15±MA, ±TA, ±TTA, ±MF, ±TF, and ±TTF
1)For the above models, there were parameters for which the increment system used increased by a factor of ten when the high±resolution detector interface was used (when PLC01, a bit of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1). However, for the Series 15±MB, ±TB, ±TTB, ±MFB, ±TFB, and ±TTFB, the units remain the same.
The following parameters for the models that used the high±resolution detection interface are no longer compatible. For the Series 15±MB, ±TB, ±TTB, ±MFB, ±TFB, and ±TTFB, be sure to specify the settings for the following parameters with values ten±times larger than the original settings.
±± Parameters
1410, 1411, 1421, 1423, 1424, 1425, 1426, 1427, 1428 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1459, 1460, 1461 1621, 1623, 1625, 1627, 1629 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1832, 1837, 1850, 1896
7211, 7212, 7213, 7214, 7311, 7312, 7313
2)For the above models, there where parameters for which the increment system used increased by a factor of ten when a maximum feedrate of 12 to 24 m per minute was used (when F24, a bit of parameter No. 1804, is set to 1). However, for the Series 15±MB, ±TB, ±TTB, ±MFB, ±TFB, and ±TTFB, the units remain the same.
The following parameters for the models that used the high±resolution detector interface are no longer compatible. For the Series 15±MB, ±TB, ±TTB, ±MFB, ±TFB, and ±TTFB, be sure to specify the settings for the following parameters with values ten±times larger than the original settings.
±±parameters 1420, 1422
± 12 ±
B±62560E/02 |
3. PUNCHING PARAMETER TAPE |
|
|
|
|
1Connect a punch unit to the input/output interface.
2Set the EDIT mode.
3Press the SERVICE soft key, then press the PARAM soft key, or press the SERVICE hard key several times. The parameter screen is displayed.
4Press the PUNCH soft key, then press the ALL soft key. All the parameters are punched.
3.2Punching Parameters Other Than Pitch Error Compensation
1Connect a punch unit to the input/output interface.
2Set the EDIT mode.
3Press the SERVICE soft key, then press the PARAM soft key, or press the SERVICE hard key several times. The parameter screen is displayed.
4Press the PUNCH soft key, then press the PARAM soft key. Parameters other than pitch error compensation are punched.
1Connect a punch unit to the input/output interface.
2Set the EDIT mode.
3Press the SERVICE soft key, then press the PITCH soft key, or press the SERVICE hard key several times. The pitch error compensation data screen is displayed.
4Press the PUNCH soft key, then press the PITCH soft key. Pitch error compensation data is punched.
± 13 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS
Parameters are classified according to functions.
4.1 Parameters Related to Settings (Parameter Nos. 0000±0032) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 4.2 Parameters Related to Timers (Parameter Nos. 0100±0119) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 4.3 Parameters Related to Axis Control (Parameter Nos. 1000±1059) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4.4 Parameters Related to Chopping (Parameter Nos. 1191±1197) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 4.5 Parameters Related to Coordinate Systems (Parameter Nos. 1200±1260) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 4.6 Parameters Related to Feedrate (Parameter Nos. 1400±1494) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4.7Parameters Related to Screen for Specifying High±Speed and High±Precision Machining
|
(Parameter Nos. 1517±1518) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
63 |
4.8 |
Parameters Related to Acceleration/Deceleration Control (Parameter Nos. 1600±1653) . . . . . . . |
64 |
4.9 |
Parameters Related to Servo (Parameter Nos. 1800±1999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
74 |
4.10 |
Tandem Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
103 |
4.11 |
Parameters Related to DI/DO (Parameter Nos. 2000±2052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
109 |
4.12 |
Parameters Related to CRT/MDI and Editing (Parameter Nos. 2200±2388) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
121 |
4.13 |
Parameters Related to Program (Parameter Nos. 2400±2900) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
138 |
4.14 |
Parameters Related to Serial Spindle Output and Cs Contour Control Function |
|
|
(Parameter Nos. 3000±3303) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
151 |
4.15 |
Parameters Related to Waveform Diagnosis Function (Parameter Nos. 4640±4646) . . . . . . . . . . |
184 |
4.16 |
Parameters Related to Graphic Display (Parameter Nos. 4821±4883) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
185 |
4.17 |
Parameters Related to Reader/Punch Interfaces (Parameter Nos. 5000±5162) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
189 |
4.18 |
Parameters Related to Stroke Limit (Parameter Nos. 5200±5248) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
200 |
4.19 |
Parameters Related to Position Switching Function (Parameter Nos. 5200±5299) . . . . . . . . . . . . |
208 |
4.20 |
Parameters Related to Reference Marks (Parameter Nos. 1008, 5226±5227) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
211 |
4.21 |
Parameters Related to Pitch Error Compensation (Parameter Nos. 5420±5433) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
213 |
4.22 |
Parameters Related to Gradient Compensation |
|
|
(Valid only with the Series 15±M and Series 15±T)(Parameter Nos. 5461±5474) . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
230 |
4.23 |
Parameters Related to Straightness Compensation |
|
|
(Valid only with the Series 15±M and Series 15±T)(Parameter Nos. 5481±5574) . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
232 |
4.24 |
Parameters Related to Spindle Control (Parameter Nos. 5600±5820) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
243 |
4.25 |
Parameters Related to Rigid Tapping with the Series 15±TT |
|
|
(Parameter Nos. 3000±3213, 5610±5955) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
274 |
4.26 |
Parameters Related to the Electronic Gear Box (EGB) (Parameter Nos. 5990±5998) . . . . . . . . . |
282 |
4.27 |
Parameters Related to Tool Offsets (Parameter Nos. 6000±6121) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
287 |
4.28 |
Three±Dimensional Cutter Compensation (Supplement)(Parameter Nos. 6080±6115) . . . . . . . . |
298 |
4.29 |
Parameters Related to Cylindrical Interpolation Cutting Point Compensation |
|
|
(Parameter Nos. 6004±6113) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
303 |
4.30 |
Parameters Related to Canned Cycles (Parameter Nos. 6200±6240) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
305 |
4.31 |
Parameters Related to Scaling and Coordinate Rotation (Parameters Nos. 6400±6421) . . . . . . . |
312 |
4.32 |
Parameters Related to Automatic Corner Override (Parameter Nos. 6610±6614) . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
314 |
4.33 |
Parameters Related to Automatic Feedrate Control Using Involute Interpolation |
|
|
(Parameter Nos. 6620±6634) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
317 |
4.34 |
Parameters Related to Uni±Directional Positioning (Parameter No. 6820) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
319 |
4.35 |
Parameters Related to Custom Macros (Parameter Nos. 7000±7089) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
320 |
4.36 |
Parameters Related to Restarting Programs and Blocks and Tool Retraction and Recovery |
|
|
(Parameter No. 7110) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
328 |
4.37 |
Parameters Related to Skip Function (Parameter Nos. 7200±7220) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
329 |
4.38 |
Parameters Related to Automatic Tool Compensation (for the Series 15±T only) and |
|
|
Automatic Tool Length Measurement (for the Series 15±M only)(Parameter Nos. 7300±7333) . . |
334 |
± 14 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
4.39 Parameters Related to Tool Life Management (Parameter Nos. 7400±7442) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 4.40 Parameters Related to Turret Axis Control (Parameter Nos. 7500±7536) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 4.41 Parameters Related to 3±Dimensional Handle Feel for 15±M (Parameter Nos. 7537±7558) . . . . 342
4.42 Parameters Related to 15±TT Three±Dimensional Handle Feed
(Parameter Nos. 7546±7759, 1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
4.43 Parameters Related to 15±TT Tool Length Compensation Along the Tool Axis
(Parameter Nos. 6001±7752) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
4.44 Parameters Related to Designation Direction Tool Length Compensation
(Parameter No. 7711) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 4.45 Parameter Related to Upgraded 5±Axis Control Compensation (Parameter Nos. 7559±7614) . . 361 4.46 Parameters Related to High±Precision Contour Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
4.47 Parameters Related to High±Precision Contour Control Based on a 64±Bit RISC Processor (Parameter Nos. 1009±8481) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
4.48 Other Parameters (Parameter Nos. 7600±7799) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 4.49 Parameters Related to Maintenance (Parameter Nos. 8000±8010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 4.50 DNC Operation with the Remote Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
± 15 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
4.1 Parameters Related to Settings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
|
#4 |
|
#3 |
|
#2 |
#1 |
|
#0 |
|
|
|
0000 |
|
|
|
|
RMTDG |
DNC |
|
EIA |
|
NCR |
|
ISP |
CTV |
|
TVC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
TVC |
Specifies whether TV check is performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
0 |
: Do not perform. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1 |
: Perform. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
CTV |
Specifies whether characters are counted for TV check during control out. |
|||||||||||||||
0 |
: Count. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Do not count. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
ISP |
Specifies whether ISO codes contain a parity bit. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
0 |
: Contain parity bit. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1 |
: Do not contain parity bit. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
(A parity bit is located at channel 8 in a punched tape in the ISO code.) |
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
NCR |
Specifies how to punch an EOB (end±of±block) code when using ISO codes. |
|||||||||||||||
0 |
: Punch LF CR CR. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1 |
: Punch LF. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
EIA |
Specifies the code system to use for punch codes. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
0 |
: ISO code |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: EIA code |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
DNC |
Specifies conditions for DNC operation with the remote buffer. |
|
|
|||||||||||||
0 |
: Enable high±speed distribution if high±speed distribution conditions are satisfied. |
||||||||||||||||
1 |
: Perform normal distribution. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
RMTDGSpecifies whether to perform remote diagnosis. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
0 |
: Not performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1 |
: Performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
|
#4 |
|
#3 |
|
#2 |
#1 |
|
#0 |
|
|
|
0003 |
|
|
XTST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KGRG |
NKGRH |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input
Data type : Bit
NKGRH Specifies whether to stop drawing graphic A when the screen is switched to another one during
|
drawing. |
0 |
: Stop. |
1 |
: Do not stop. |
KGRG |
In the graphic guidance function. |
0 |
: Graphics are drawn for guidance. |
1 |
: Graphics are not drawn for guidance. |
XTST |
Specifies how data is obtained for the internal investigation function used when diagnostic guidance |
|
is activated. |
0 |
: Read specified data automatically. |
1 |
: Use data input by the operator as the function value. |
NOTE When this bit is set to 1, the user can set the internal investigation function to any value. This allows the user to check and debug the knowledge base.
± 16 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
0010 |
|
|
SB0 |
|
SBC |
SBM |
SB8 |
SB7 |
GRPBG |
SQN |
INI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
INI |
Specifies whether the increment system is metric or in inches. |
|
|
|||||||||
0 |
: Metric input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Inch input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
SQN |
Specifies whether sequence numbers are automatically inserted. |
|
|
|||||||||
0 |
: Do not insert. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1 |
: Insert. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
GRPBG Specifies whether to display an graphic display or background graphic display. |
||||||||||||
0 |
: Graphic Display |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1 |
: Background Graphic Display |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
SB7 |
Specifies whether to stop after each block of custom macro statements in programs 07000 to 07999. |
|||||||||||
0 |
: Do not stop after each block. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Stop after each block. (Used to debug custom macros.) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
SB8 |
Specifies whether to stop after each block of custom macro statements in programs 08000 to 08999. |
|||||||||||
0 |
: Do not stop after each block. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Stop after each block. (Used to debug custom macros.) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
SBM |
Specifies whether to stop after each block of custom macro statements in any program. |
0: Do not stop after each block. (However, when stopping is specified in SB7 or SB8, stopping will occur in programs affected by these parameters.)
1: Stop after each block. (Used to debug custom macros.)
SBC |
Specifies whether to stop after each block in hole±machining canned cycles (Not used in the Series |
|
15±TT). |
0 |
: Do not stop after each block. |
1 |
: Stop after each block. (Used when trouble occurs with canned cycles.) |
SBO |
Specifies whether to stop after each block automatically generated in the NC for cutter or tool tip |
|
radius compensation. |
0 |
: Do not stop after each block. |
1 |
: Stop after each block. (Used when trouble occurs with cutter or tool tip radius compensation.) |
± 17 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
|
#5 |
#4 |
|
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
0011 |
|
|
|
G50 |
HSO |
|
NOT |
TIM |
|
|
HSDLD |
ND8 |
NE8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
NE8 |
Specifies whether to permit editing of 08000 to 08999 programs. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Permit editing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Do not permit editing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
ND8 |
Specifies whether to display the program being executed on the CRT for programs 08000 to 08999. |
|||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Display program being executed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
1 |
: Do not display program being executed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
HSDLD |
Specifies whether the high±speed part program registration function is used. |
|||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Not used. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
: Used. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normally, set this bit to 0.
When there is no need to display custom macros or other programs being executed, set this parameter to 1.
This function speeds up the registration of part programs in the foreground mode (EDIT mode). In the background mode, part programs are registered at normal speed.
If the power is disconnected during registration of part programs, the system operates as follows when the power is restored:
(1)Displays ªCLEAR PROGRAM FILE (HSPD DLOAD)º on the CRT screen.
(2)Clears all part programs (including high±speed machining programs).
(3)Halts when the IPL monitor screen is displayed.
To restart the system, select ª6 END IPLº by entering 6, or turn the power off then on again. When part programs are being registered, they are not displayed.
When part programs are being registered, screens cannot be updated in some cases.
TIM |
Specifies the information displayed on the screen for the program No. and name directory. |
|
|
0 |
: Display program No., name, and memory used. |
|
1 |
: Display program No., name, and processing time. |
NOT |
Specifies whether to use tool Nos. to specify output of tool pot Nos. and tool offsets. |
|
|
0 |
: Use tool Nos. (H/D codes cannot be used to specify tool length compensation and cutter com- |
|
|
pensation). |
|
1 |
: Do not use tool Nos. (H/D codes can be used to specify tool length compensation and cutter com- |
|
|
pensation Neither entering H or D codes in the tool life management function nor specifying H99 |
|
|
codes or D99 codes can be performed.). |
HSO |
Specifies operation performed when the G10.3 L1/L2 command is used. |
|
|
0 |
: Skip the program up to G11.3 and execute high±speed machining using previously registered |
|
|
data (call operation mode). |
|
1 |
: Convert commands up to G11.3 into high±speed machining data, then register the data and use |
|
|
it to perform high±speed machining (register operation mode). |
G50 |
Specifies whether to allow use of code G50 (G92 in G code system B and C; for specifying the coordi- |
|
|
nate system) when using the Series 15±T. |
0 : Allow G50 (G92 in G code system B and C) to be used in a program command
1 : Do not allow G50 (G92 in G code system B and C) to be used in a program command. If G50 is used, a P/S alarm will be generated.
Set this parameter to 1 when the coordinate system is set using a tool geometry offset (instead of G50). In this case, an alarm will be generated if G50 is used inadvertently.
± 18 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
|
#1 |
|
#0 |
|
|
|
0012 |
|
|
|
RMVx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCLx |
|
MIRx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
MIRx |
For each axis, specifies whether to use its mirror image. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not use mirror image (normal). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
1 |
: Use mirror image (mirror). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
SCLx For each axis, specifies whether scaling is used (only for the Series 15±M) |
||||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Use scaling. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
: Do not use scaling. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
RMVxFor each axis, specifies whether to detach the shaft corresponding to the control axis. |
||||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not detach. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
: Detach. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Effective when RMBx, a bit of parameter No. 1005, is set to 1. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
|
#1 |
|
#0 |
|
|
|
0013 |
|
|
|
|
DSYS |
HDIO |
HKEY |
NDSP |
|
|
|
|
PCMN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
PCMN |
Specifies whether to display the PMC user screen (PCMDI) directly with the PMC/CNC key. |
|||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not display the screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Display the screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
NDSP |
|
|
Specifies whether to display multiple subscreens on the PMC screen. |
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Display multiple subscreens. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Do not display multiple subscreens. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
HKEY |
|
|
Specifies whether to store the history of key operations with the operation history function key. |
|||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not store the history. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Store the history. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
HDIO |
|
|
Specifies whether to store the history of DI/DO with the operation history function key. |
|||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not store the history. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Store the history. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
DSYS |
|
|
Specifies whether to display the system history screen. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not display the screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Display the screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 19 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
|
#5 |
#4 |
|
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
0014 |
|
|
|
HD2 |
BDSP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FMST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
FMST |
Specifies whether to output alarm OH001, ºFAN MOTOR STOP.º |
|
|
|||||||||||
0 |
: Output the alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Do not display the alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
BDSP |
Specifies the units used for the file sizes in the disk directory display. |
|
|
|||||||||||
0 |
: |
Meters (metric input) or feet (inch input) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
1 |
: Bytes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
HD2 Specifies whether the size of one file can exceed 2000 m when using a floppy cassette, the PRO |
||||||||||||||
|
GRAM FILE Mate, HANDY FILE, or FA card. |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
0 |
: Within 2000 m |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Can exceed 2000 m |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
|
#5 |
#4 |
|
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
0015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KYON |
|
HION |
HPOF |
SPOF |
SVOF |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
SVOF |
Specifies whether to display the servo screen. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
0 |
: Display the servo screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1 |
: Do not display the servo screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
SPOF |
Specifies whether to display the spindle screen. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
0 |
: Display the spindle screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1 |
: Do not display the spindle screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
HPOF |
Specifies whether to display the screen for high±precision contour control. |
|||||||||||||
0 |
: Display the screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Do not display the screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
HION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0:The operation history is not displayed. (Note that the alarm history is still displayed. )
1: The operation history is displayed.
KYON
0 : [ERASE] key on the operation history screen is disabled. 1 : [ERASE] key on the operation history screen is enabled.
NOTE On the operation history screen, using the erase key can erase:
±Operation history data
±Alarm history data
± 20 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0016 |
|
|
Screen saver start time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting entry |
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|||
|
Data unit |
: Minute |
|||
|
Data range |
: 0 to 127 |
When the operator does not operate the keyboard for the period specified in this parameter, the saver screen is displayed. When 0 is specified, the screen saver function is disabled.
0020 |
|
Interface No. of input device for foreground |
|
|
|
Setting input
Data type : Byte
Assignment of input device numbers for foreground
0 : Reader connected to JD5A of main CPU board
1: Reader connected to JD5A of main CPU board (Settings 0 and 1 are identical.)
2: Reader connected to JD5B of main CPU board
3: Reader connected to JD5J of the subboard
4: DNC1
9 : PMC
10: Remote buffer
13:Reader connected to JD6D of the subboard
14:Data Server
15:MMC DNC operation interface
16:MMC upload/download interface
Perform system reset after setting this parameter.
0021 |
|
Interface No. of output device for foreground |
|
|
|
Setting input
Data type : Byte
Assignment of output device numbers for foreground
1 : Punch connected to JD5A of main CPU board 2 : Punch connected to JD5B of main CPU board 3 : Punch connected to JD5J of the subboard
4 : DNC1
9 : PMC
10: Remote buffer
13:Punch connected to JD6D of the subboard
14:Data Server
15:MMC DNC operation interface
16:MMC upload/download interface
Perform system reset after setting this parameter.
± 21 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0022 |
|
Interface No. of input device for background |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input
Data type : Byte
Assignment of input device numbers for background
0 : Reader connected to JD5A of main CPU board
1: Reader connected to JD5A of main CPU board (Settings 0 and 1 are identical.)
2: Reader connected to JD5B of main CPU board
3: Reader connected to JD5J of the subboard
4: DNC1
9 : PMC
10: Remote buffer
13:Reader connected to JD6D of the subboard
14:Data Server
15:MMC DNC operation interface
16:MMC upload/download interface
Perform system reset after setting this parameter.
0023 |
|
Interface No. of output device for background |
|
|
|
Setting input
Data type : Byte
Assignment of output device numbers for background
1 : Punch connected to JD5A of main CPU board 2 : Punch connected to JD5B of main CPU board 3 : Punch connected to JD5J of the subboard
4 : DNC1
9 : PMC
10: Remote buffer
13:Punch connected to JD6D of the subboard
14:Data Server
15:MMC DNC operation interface
16:MMC upload/download interface
Perform system reset after setting this parameter.
0031 |
|
Initial value used for automatic setting of sequence Nos. |
|
|
|
Setting input
Data type : Two words
Valid range : 0 to 99999
0032 |
|
Increment used for automatic setting of sequence Nos. |
|
|
|
Setting input
Data type : Two words
Valid range : 0 to 99999
± 22 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
4.2 Parameters Related to Timers
0100 |
|
|
Timer 1 (time accumulated since power±on) |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
||
Unit |
: Minutes |
||
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
|
Timer 1 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated since power±on. |
||
|
|
|
|
0101 |
|
|
Timer 2 (time accumulated during automatic operation) |
|
|
|
|
Setting input (For the Series 15±TT, this parameter is for the first tool post.) |
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
||
Unit |
: |
Milliseconds |
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 60000 |
|
Timer 2 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated during automatic operation. |
||
|
|
|
|
0102 |
|
|
Timer 3 (time accumulated during automatic operation) |
|
|
|
|
Setting input (For the Series 15±TT, this parameter is for the first tool post.) |
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
||
Unit |
: Minutes |
||
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
|
Timer 3 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated during automatic operation. |
||
|
|
|
|
0103 |
|
|
Timer 4 (time accumulated during cutting) |
|
|
|
|
Setting input (For the Series 15±TT, this parameter is for the first tool post.) |
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
||
Unit |
: |
Milliseconds |
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 60000 |
|
Timer 4 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated during cutting. |
||
|
|
|
|
0104 |
|
|
Timer 5 (time accumulated during cutting) |
|
|
|
|
Setting input (For the Series 15±TT, this parameter is for the first tool post.) |
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
||
Unit |
: Minutes |
||
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
|
Timer 5 |
: |
Sets and displays the time accumulated during cutting. |
± 23 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0105 |
|
|
Timer 6 (time accumulated while general±purpose integrating |
|
|
|
|
|
meter activating signal TMRON is on) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
||
|
Unit |
: |
Milliseconds |
|
|
|
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 60000 |
|
|
|
|
Timer 6 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated while the TMRON signal is on. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
There is an integrating meter in the control unit that is activated by an input signal from the ma- |
||
|
|
|
|
chine. This integrating meter can be preset by this parameter. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0106 |
|
|
Timer 7 (time accumulated while general±purpose integrating |
|
|
|
|
|
meter activating signal TMRON is on) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
||
|
Unit |
: Minutes |
|
|
||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
|
|
|
|
Timer 7 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated while the TMRON signal is on. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
There is an integrating meter in the controller that is activated by an input signal from the ma- |
||
|
|
|
|
chine side. This integrating meter can be preset by this parameter. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0107 |
|
|
Total number of parts machined |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
||
|
Unit |
: Number of parts |
|
|
||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets and displays the total number of parts machined. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Series 15±TT, this parameter applies to the first spindle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0108 |
|
|
Total number of parts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
||
|
Unit |
: Number of parts |
|
|
||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Series 15±TT, this parameter indicates the total number of parts for the first spindle. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0109 |
|
|
Number of parts required |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
||
|
Unit |
: Number of parts |
|
|
||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the total number of machined parts (parameter No. 0107) exceeds the number of parts |
||
|
|
|
|
required, a signal is output to the machine. |
|
|
For the Series 15±TT, this parameter indicates the total number of parts machined by the first spindle.
± 24 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0111 |
|
|
Timer 8 (time accumulated during automatic operation of the |
|
|
|
|
2nd tool post) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±TT) |
||||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|||
|
Unit |
: |
Milliseconds |
||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 60000 |
||
|
Timer 8 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated during automatic operation of the second tool post. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0112 |
|
|
Timer 9 (time accumulated during automatic operation of the |
|
|
|
|
2nd tool post) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±TT) |
||||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|||
|
Unit |
: Minutes |
|||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
||
|
Timer 9 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated during automatic operation of the second tool post. |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
0113 |
|
|
Timer 10 (time accumulating during cutting with the 2nd tool post) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±TT) |
||||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|||
|
Unit |
: |
Milliseconds |
||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 60000 |
||
|
Timer 10 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated during cutting with the second tool post. |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
0114 |
|
|
Timer 11 (time accumulating during cutting with the 2nd tool post) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±TT) |
||||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|||
|
Unit |
: Minutes |
|||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
||
|
Timer 11 |
: Sets and displays the time accumulated during cutting with the second tool post. |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
|
0117 |
|
|
Total number of parts machined (with the 2nd spindle) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±TT) |
||||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|||
|
Unit |
: Number of parts |
|||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 99999999 |
||
|
|
|
|
This parameter indicates the total number of parts machined by the second spindle. |
± 25 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0118 |
|
|
Total number of parts machined (with the 2nd spindle) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±TT) |
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
||
|
Unit |
: Number of parts |
|
||
|
Valid range |
: 0 to 99999999 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
This parameter indicates the total number of parts machined by the second spindle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0119 |
|
|
Number of parts required to be machined (with the 2nd spindle) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±TT) |
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
||
|
Unit |
: Number of parts |
|
||
|
Valid range |
: 0 to 99999999 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
This parameter indicates the total number required to be machined by the second spindle. |
± 26 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
4.3 Parameters Related to Axis Control |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
|
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
|
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
HLB |
EMI |
|
EHM |
|
FPI |
|
XIK |
CSZ |
CIP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
CIP |
Specifies whether to perform an in±position check after deceleration. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not perform in±position check (during deceleration, wait until the feedrate reaches zero before |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
executing next block). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
: Perform in±position check (during deceleration, wait until the feedrate reaches zero and then also |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
confirm the machine reaches the specified position before executing next block). |
||||||||||||
|
CSZ |
Specifies whether to enable the in±position check signal (*CSMZ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Disable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
: Enable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
XIK |
When axis interlock is applied during non±linear interpolation positioning (when LRP, a bit of parame- |
||||||||||||||
|
|
ter No. 1400 is se to 0), specifies whether to stop only the axis to which interlock was applied or all axes. |
||||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Stop axis to which interlock was applied. (Other axes continue operation.) |
|||||||||||||
|
|
1 |
: Stop all axes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
FPI |
Specifies whether to perform an in±position check at the temporary stop±point in G60 mode. |
||||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Do not perform in±position check. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
1 |
: Perform in±position check. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
EHM |
Specifies conditions when handle interruption is valid. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
0 |
: When in G01, G02, or G03 mode, handle interruption is valid during automatic operation startup, |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
stopping, and resting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
: Handle interruption is only valid for G01, G02, and G03 blocks during automatic operation startup. |
EMI Specifies validity of manual interrupts and manual setup operations during simultaneous manual±automatic operation.
0: Manual interrupts are invalid and manual setup operations are valid.
1: Manual interrupts and manual setup operations are valid.
HLB Specifies the rotation axes during 3±dimensional handle feed when the axis of the tool is on the Z±axis
0 : Axes A and C.
1 : Axes B and C.
NOTE Set TLAX and SLAB, bits of parameter No. 7550 to 0. If either of these bits is set to 1, HLB will be ignored.
± 27 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
1001 |
|
CHPX |
PED |
PGDM |
|
IMCW |
NCOD |
|
RPC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type : Bit
RPC Specifies whether the axes are switched when a reference position return (G29) is performed.
0 |
: Axes are switched. |
1 |
: Axes are switched. |
NCOD |
Specifies the conditions for calculating a spline when 0 t T. |
0: T = 1 for the first segment of the spline and T is the ratio of the chord of each consecutive segment to the chord of the first segment.
Assuming that the specified point array is P1, P2, ..., Pn and T of each segment is T1, T2, ..., Tn±1, the following equations are satisfied:
T |
= |
P |
P |
/ |
P |
P = 1 |
T |
= |
P |
P |
/ |
P |
P |
|
|
…………… |
|
|
|
|
Tn± = |
Pn± |
Pn |
/ |
P |
P |
1 : T = 1 for all segments.
IMCW |
Specifies the forward direction of one rotation axis of the two axes for which hypothetical axis control |
|||||||||||||
|
|
is possible. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
0 |
: Forward direction is counterclockwise. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
1 |
: Forward direction is clockwise. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
PGDM |
Specifies whether the G code (G10.9) for selecting diameter or radius programming is valid for axis |
|||||||||||||
|
|
commands in the program. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
0 |
: |
Invalid. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
: |
Valid. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
PED |
Specifies whether to enable the external deceleration function in axis control by PMC. |
|||||||||||||
0 |
: Disables the external deceleration function. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1 |
: Enables the external deceleration function. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
CHPX |
Specifies whether the settings that specify the chopping axis and chopping rate can be set. |
|||||||||||||
0 |
: Can be set. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Cannot be set. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
|
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
1002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DC4 |
ROPS |
INM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit
INM Specifies whether the detection unit for the linear axis of the machine is metric or in inches.
0 : Metric
1 : Inches
ROPSSpecifies which parameter enables or disables the roll±over function for a rotation axis.
0 : RDAx bit of parameter 1008
1 : RDA2x bit of parameter 1009
DC4 Specifies how to establish a reference position for a linear scale having reference marks.
0 : An absolute position is established by detecting three reference marks. 1 : An absolute position is established by detecting four reference marks.
± 28 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
|
#2 |
|
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
||||
|
1004 |
|
|
PDSx |
|
DSPx |
ISDx |
|
|
|
|
IPRx |
|
ISFx |
ISRx |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
ISRx, ISFx, ISDx, ISEx (parameter No. 1009) |
Specify an increment system for each axis |
||||||||||||||||||
|
ISEx |
Specifies an increment system for each axis in parameter No. 1009. |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
ISEx |
ISDx |
ISFx |
ISRx |
|
Least input increment, least command increment |
|
Abbr. |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
0.001 mm, 0.001 deg, or 0.0001 inch |
|
|
|
IS±B |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
0 |
0 |
0 |
1 |
|
0.01 mm, 0.01 deg, or 0.001 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
IS±A |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
0 |
0 |
1 |
0 |
|
0.0001 mm, 0.0001 deg, or 0.00001 inch |
|
|
|
IS±C |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
0 |
1 |
0 |
0 |
|
0.00001 mm, 0.00001 deg, or 0.000001 inch |
|
|
IS±D |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
1 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
|
0.000001 mm, 0.000001 deg, or 0.0000001 inch |
|
|
IS±E |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Always set the increment system of the spindle positioning (indexing) axis to 0.001 deg (IS±B).
NOTE When using the Series 15±TT, select the same increment system for those axes that have the same axis name assigned with head 1/head 2.
IPRx Specifies whether to set the least input increment of each axis to ten times the least command increment.
0 : Do not set to ten times the least command increment. 1 : Set to ten times the least command increment.
When the above parameter is set to 1, the least input increments become as follows:
IS±A |
0.01 mm, 0.01 deg, or 0.001 inch |
|
|
IS±B |
0.01 mm, 0.01 deg, or 0.001 inch |
|
|
IS±C |
0.001 mm, 0.001 deg, or 0.0001 inch |
|
|
IS±D |
0.0001 mm, 0.0001 deg, or 0.00001 inch |
|
|
IS±E |
0.00001 mm, 0.00001 deg, or 0.000001 inch |
|
|
NOTE When IS±A is used as the increment system, the least input increment cannot be set to ten times the least command increment.
DSPx Specifies whether to display axis positions on the position screen and other screens. 0 : Display axis positions.
1 : Do not display axis positions.
NOTE When using the electronic gear box function (EGB), specify 1 for the dummy axis of the EGB to disable position display.
This parameter is used to select whether the following screens are displayed:
Position, program check, operating monitor, tool offset, and graphics screens
This parameter does not affect the axis display on the following screens:
Workpiece offset, parameter, diagnosis, and servo check screens
± 29 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
PDSx Specifies whether to display axis positions on the playback screen.
0 : Do not display axis positions.
1 : Display axis positions.
NOTE 1 This parameter is valid when the total number of controllable axis is six or more. Set parameters to 1 which correspond to five axes of which the positions are displayed. However, note that this parameter is ineffective when the NXT ±AX and PRV ±AX soft keys are displayed on the playback screen.
NOTE 2 When increment system IS±D is selected, the maximum travel (largest value that can be specified at once) for linear and circular interpolation is as follows:
No. of simultaneous |
Maximum travel |
||
moving axis. |
|||
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
2 |
7500.00000 mm |
750.000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
6000.00000 mm |
600.000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
5300.00000 mm |
500.000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
4800.00000 mm |
480.000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
4300.00000 mm |
430.000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
NOTE 3 Values specified when IS±D is selected
The unit of values for the following addresses are 0.00001 mm, 0.00001 deg, and 0.000001 inch. For example, if X1000 is specified (in the case of decimal point input), the resulting values are X0.01 mm, X0.01 deg, and X0.001 inch.
Table 3 Basic address and command value range
Function |
Address |
Metric input |
Inch input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dimension ward |
X, Y, Z, A, B, C, |
±9999.99999 |
±999.999999 |
|
U, V, W, I, J, K, R |
mm or deg |
inch or deg |
||
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
Feedrate per |
F |
0.0001 to |
0.00001 to |
|
minute |
10000 mm/min |
1000 inch/min |
||
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
Feedrate per |
|
0.0000001 to |
0.00000001 to |
|
revolution thread |
F |
0.50000000 |
||
5.0000000 mm/rev |
||||
leading |
|
inch/rev |
||
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
NOTE 1 When inch input is used on a millimeter machine or metric input is used on an inch machine, the command value range differs partially.
NOTE 2 When an arc radius is specified using R, it can be specified as "999999999 (nine digits).
± 30 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
1005 |
|
|
RMBx |
ZNGx |
EDMx |
EDPx |
PLZx |
ALZx |
ZMGx |
ZRNx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
ZRNx |
Specifies whether the reference position return function is provided for each axis. |
|||||||||||
0 |
: Provided |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Not provided |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
ZMGx |
Specifies the method to use for reference position return for each axis. |
|||||||||||
0 |
: Grid method |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Magnetic switch method |
|
|
|
|
|
|
To use the magnetic switch method, OPTx (bit 1 of parameter No. 1815) must be set to 1.
ALZx Specifies the method to use for automatic reference position return (G28).
0: Return to reference position using positioning control (rapid traverse). If reference position return has not been performed since power±on, it is performed using the same operation sequence as for manual reference position return.
1: Use the same operation sequence as for manual reference position return.
Usually, set this bit to 0.
PLZx Specifies the condition for presetting the work coordinate system when manual reference position return is performed.
0 : Preset only when in reset state (e.g. OP signal is off).
1 : Always preset.
See ZNP in parameter No. 2402, which is common to all axes.
EDPx |
For each axis, specifies whether the external deceleration signal for the positive direction is valid |
|
|
during cutting feed. |
|
0 |
: |
Invalid |
1 |
: |
Valid |
EDMx |
For each axis, specifies whether the external deceleration signal for the negative direction is valid |
|
|
during cutting feed. |
|
0 |
: |
Invalid |
1 |
: |
Valid |
|
ZNGxSpecifies whether machine lock is valid for each axis. |
|
0 |
: |
Invalid |
1 |
: |
Valid |
RMBx |
For each axis, specifies whether the control axis detach signal and setting input RMVx (parameter |
|
|
No.0012) is valid. |
|
0 |
: |
Invalid |
1 |
: |
Valid |
± 31 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
1006 |
|
RTRx |
NDCx |
ZMIx |
|
DIAx |
ROPx |
ROSx |
ROTx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit axis
ROTx Specifies whether the axis requires inch/metric conversion.
0 : Axis requires inch/metric conversion (linear axis).
1 : Axis does not require inch/metric conversion (rotation axis).
ROSx Specifies whether the machine coordinate system used for stroke check and automatic reference position return is linear or rotational.
0 : Linear (linear axis)
1 : Rotation (rotation axis)
For a rotation axis, the machine coordinate system is normalized to 0 to 360 degrees. In this case, automatic reference position return (G28, G30) is performed in the same direction as manual reference position return and the degree of rotation does not exceed 360 degrees. Also see the item on parameter No. 1260.
ROPx Specifies whether the machine coordinate system used to perform the retained pitch error compensation is linear or rotational.
0 : Linear (linear axis)
1 : Rotation (rotation axis)
When the coordinate system used is rotational, up to the angle which corresponds to one cycle of retained pitch error compensation data can be specified. This allows pitch compensation to be performed for pitch compensation cycles of other than 360 degrees. Also see the item on parameter No. 5425.
DIAx Specifies whether movement along each axis is specified by diameter or radius.
0 : Specified by radius.
1 : Specified by diameter.
ZMIx Specifies the direction of manual reference position return.
0 : Positive direction
1 : Negative direction
NDCx Specifies the normal direction control axis.
0 : Not normal direction control axis
1 : Normal direction control axis (only one axis can be specified as the normal direction control axis.)
RTRx Specifies whether retract operation is performed along an axis when the electronic gear box function or functions for hobbing machines are used.
1 |
: Performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
0 |
: Not performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
1007 |
|
|
|
DOGx |
|
GRDx |
RINC |
RREL |
RG90 |
RSRV |
|
FAX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
FAX |
Specifies whether the fixture ofset is valid for each axis. |
|
|
|
|||||||||
0 |
: |
Invalid. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
: |
Valid. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
RSRV |
When an absolute command is executed (when RINC, a bit of parameter No. 1007 is set to 0), speci |
||||||||||||
|
|
fies whether the direction of rotation is determined by the sign of the value specified by the com- |
|||||||||||
|
|
mand. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
0 |
: Not determined. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 : Determined by command value (counterclockwise when value is positive and clockwise when value is negative)
± 32 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
RG90 Specifies the type of commands used for the multiple rotary control axes.
0: Either absolute or incremental commands determined by G90 or G91 mode
1: Absolute commands
RREL |
Specifies whether the current position of the multiple rotary control axes in the relative coordinate |
||||||||||||||
|
|
system is displayed with the value rounded off within one rotation. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
0 |
: Not performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
RINC |
In multiple rotary axis control, when the NC converts the command value to the corresponding value |
||||||||||||||
|
|
within 360°, with the difference between the converted value and the current position being regarded |
|||||||||||||
|
|
as the angular displacement through which the axis is to be rotated, this bit specifies whether to turn |
|||||||||||||
|
|
in whichever direction minimizes the displacement in G90 mode. |
|
|
|
||||||||||
0 |
: Do not turn to closest direction. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Turn to closest direction. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
GRDx |
Dog±less reference position setting is |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
0 |
: Performed more than once. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Not performed more than once. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
DOGx |
In the manual reference position return mode |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
0 |
: Dog±less reference position setting is disabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1 |
: Dog±less reference position setting is enabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
|
#4 |
|
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
1008 |
|
|
|
|
|
SPOE |
|
RAS |
|
|
|
PROT |
RDAx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
RDAx |
Specifies whether the roll±over function for a rotation axis is executed. |
||||||||||||||
0 |
: Not executed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
: Executed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
NOTE The RDAx bit is valid only for a rotation axis. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
PROT |
Specifies the multiple rotary control axes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
0 |
: Not rotary control axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Rotary control axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
RAS |
Specifies whether to enable the automatic reference position setting signals (RAST1, RAST2, |
||||||||||||||
|
|
RAST3, etc.), when the automatic reference position setting function is used. |
|||||||||||||
0 |
: Disable the signals. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Enable the signals. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
SPOE |
Specifies whether the relevant axis is a spindle positioning axis. |
|
|
|
|||||||||||
0 |
: Not a spindle positioning axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: Spindle positioning axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This parameter is valid only for Multi Axes Control (Max.24 axes) series.
± 33 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
1009 |
|
NADFV |
PMCE |
MCC |
ZNDPx |
PDIAx |
RDA2x |
ISEx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Data type : Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
ISEx |
Specifies the increment system for each axis (IS±E) |
|
|
|
This parameter is set in combination with ISRx, ISFx, and ISDx of parameter No. 1004. For details, see the item on parameter No. 1004.
NOTE 1 When IS±E is selected as the increment system, the maximum travel (largest value that can be specified at once) becomes as shown in the table below for linear and circular interpolation.
No. of simultaneous |
Maximum travel |
||
moving axis. |
|||
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
2 |
750.000000 mm |
75.0000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
600.000000 mm |
60.0000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
530.000000 mm |
53.0000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
480.000000 mm |
48.0000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
430.000000 mm |
43.0000000 inch |
|
|
|
|
NOTE 2 Program command values when IS±E is selected
The units of values for the following addresses are 0.000001 mm, 0.000001 deg, and 0.0000001 inch. For example, if X1000 is specified (in the case of decimal point input, when DPI, a bit of parameter No. 2400 is set to 0), the resulting values are X0.001 mm, X0.001 deg, and X0.0001 inch.
Basic Address and Command Value Range
Function |
Address |
Metric input |
Inch input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dimension ward |
X, Y, Z, A, B, C, |
±999.999999 |
±99.9999999 |
|
U, V, W, I, J, K, R |
mm or deg |
inch |
||
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
Feedrate per |
F |
0.00001 to |
0.000001 to |
|
minute |
1000 mm/min |
100 inch/min |
||
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
Feedrate per |
|
0.00000001 to |
0.000000001 to |
|
revolution thread |
F |
0.50000000 |
0.050000000 |
|
leading |
|
mm/rev |
inch/rev |
|
|
|
|
|
When inch input is used on a millimeter machine or metric input is used on an inch machine, the command value range differs partially.
RDA2x |
Specifies whether the roll±over function for a rotation axis is executed. |
0 : Not executed.
1 : Executed.
NOTE The RDA2x bit is valid only for a rotation axis.
PDIAx |
Specifies whether axis commands are specified by means of diameter or radius programming in |
|
the program. |
0 : Radius programming
1 : Diameter programming
The PDIAx bit is valid only when the PGDM bit (bit 5 of parameter 1001) is set to 1.
The DIAx bit (bit 3 of parameter 1006) is automatically set at power±on and reset.
Data can be changed by specifying G10.9.
± 34 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
ZNDPx
0: The set value is displayed on the workpiece reference position offset setting menu.
1: The set value is not displayed on the workpiece reference position offset setting menu.
NOTE This parameter also determines whether to display the set value on the workpiece reference position offset setting menu of the multi-submenu.
MCC |
Specifies the behavior of the servo amplifier MCC signal in an axis±detached state as follows: |
0 : turned off
1 : not turned off
If an axis is detached when this parameter is 1, the servo motor is de±energized, but the servo amplifier MCC signal is not dropped. Even if one axis is detached in a two±axis amplifier configuration, this function suppresses alarm SV013, ºIMPROPER V±READY OFFº for the other axis.
If a cable connecting a servo system and the CNC (command cable or feedback cable) is removed for a detached axis, however, the SV013 alarm occurs for the other axis. In a fully closed system, the SV013 alarm may also occur for that axis. These symptoms occur because of the characteristic of a multi±axis amplifier such as two±axis or three±axis amplifier.
NOTE 1 Regardless of the state of this parameter (bit 5 of data No. 1009), it is necessary to cause a return to the reference position for a detached axis before a move command is issued. Otherwise, alarm PS181, ºZERO RETURN NOT FINISHEDº will occur, prompting for a return to the reference position.
NOTE 2 This function cannot be used for a system with an absolute position detector (bit 5 of parameter No. 1815 = 1).
NOTE 3 For a system not using a 2±axis amplifier, it is always necessary to reset bit 5 (MCC) of parameter No. 1009 to 0.
PMCE |
During HPCC mode using RISC, this axis |
0 |
: Becomes neither a chopping axis nor an axis controlled by PMC. |
1 |
: Becomes a chopping axis or an axis controlled by PMC. |
NADFV Even when the advanced feed forward is available (Parameter 1811#2(ADV)=1), the advanced
|
|
feed forward for this axis is: |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
0 |
: Performed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1 |
: Not performed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Set ª1º for the chopping axis or the axis controlled by PMC. |
|
|
||||||||
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
1010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RFDCT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit axis
RFDCT Specifies the feedrate control method for the rotary axis as follows:
0 : Ordinary method
1: The rotation speed of the rotary axis is converted to the surface speed on the periphery of an imaginary circle.
See data No. 2524 for details.
1020 |
|
Symbolic name for each axis |
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Byte axis
± 35 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
A symbolic name is set for each control axis using the values in the table below.
Axis name |
Specified |
Axis name |
Specified |
Axis name |
Specified |
|
value |
value |
value |
||||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
88 |
A |
65 |
U |
85 |
|
Y |
89 |
B |
66 |
V |
86 |
|
Z |
90 |
C |
67 |
W |
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Series 15±T and 15±TT, A, U, V, and W cannot be used as symbolic axis names. (However, U, V, and W can be used as symbolic axis names by setting of the parameter U, V, W ( No. 2403#6 ) when G±code system B or C for 15±T is used.)
NOTE 1 When the tool length compensation option (compensates length along the tool axis) is used, be sure to specify A, B, or C.
NOTE 2 When the optional axis name expansion function is used, the following addresses can be used as axis names:
Axis name |
Specified value |
|
|
I |
73 |
J |
74 |
K |
75 |
E |
69 |
NOTE 3 There are three possible axis arrangements. The user should be familiar with the axis arrangements, because they have considerable bearing on the display of data for each axis or on the signal connection between the NC and power magnetics cabinet. In the following explanation, synchronization control refers to a function supported only for multiaxis control.
(1)Input axis arrangement
The input axis arrangement is used for part±program specification and jog feed commands. A synchronization control axes or tandem control axes is regarded as a single axis. Overtravel, interlock, and other signals are connected according to this arrangement.
(2)Axis arrangement for setting and displaying data for each axis
This axis arrangement is used when parameters and diagnostic data are displayed on the CRT screen. When a synchronization control axis or tandem control axis is provided, a slave axis is added subsequent to the input axis arrangement. When multiple synchronization control axes and tandem control axes are provided, slave axes must be arranged in order of their master axes in the input axis arrangement.
(3)Drive axis arrangement
This axis arrangement is used to connect servo motor signals and NZ (near zero) signals (for multiaxis control only).
The servo axis arrangement is determined by parameter No. 1023. Specify the synchronization control and tandem axes as follows:
Multiaxis control only Tandem control axes
Tandem axis |
1st axis |
2nd axis |
3rd axis |
4th axis |
5th axis |
6th axis |
7th axis |
Axis type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master axis |
1 |
3 |
5 |
7 |
9 |
11 |
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Slave axis |
2 |
4 |
6 |
8 |
10 |
12 |
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE For parameter No. 1021, set 77 for the master axis (M) or 83 for the slave axis (S).
± 36 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Synchronization control axes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Synchronous axis |
1st axis |
2nd axis |
3rd axis |
4th axis |
|
|
Axis type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master axis |
1 |
5 |
9 |
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Slave axis |
2 |
6 |
10 |
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example The following 5±axis configuration contains the X, Y, Z, A, and B axes, where the Y and B axes are tandem control axes:
Axis No. |
Control axis |
Axis arrangement |
P1023 |
Drive axis |
|
arrangement |
for display(P1020) |
arrangement |
|||
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
X |
X (88) |
3 |
YM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
LY |
YM (89) |
1 |
YS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
Z |
Z (90) |
4 |
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
A |
A (65) |
7 |
Z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
LB |
BM (66) |
5 |
BM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
YS (89) |
2 |
BS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
BS (65) |
6 |
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 1 Those axes marked L are tandem control axes.
NOTE 2 Subscript M indicates a master axis, while S indicates a slave axis.
1021 |
|
|
Parallel axis numbers |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Byte axis |
||
Valid range |
: 0 to (number of control axes) |
Specify the axis numbers of parallel axes.
Parallel axes are specified with natural numbers starting from 1. For any axis that is not operated in parallel, specify 0.
For synchronous control with a fandem axis or a multiaxis system, specify 77 for the master axis, and 83 for a slave axis.
1022 |
|
|
Designation of each axis in relation to the basic coordinate system |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Byte axis |
Set each control axis to X, Y, or Z or any axis parallel to X, Y, or Z so that they may be used in determining the following:
Circular interpolation surface
Cutter compensation surface (only for the Series 15±M)
Tool tip radius compensation surface (only for the Series 15±T and 15±TT)
G17: Xp±Yp surface
G18: Zp±Xp surface
G19: Yp±Zp surface
Xp±Yp±Zp for 3±dimensional tool compensation
Note that X, Y, and Z can each only be set to one axis, but that axes parallel to X, Y, and Z can be set to two or more axes.
± 37 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specified value |
|
Meaning |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
A rotary axis (Not basic three axes nor parallel axes) |
|
|
||
|
1 |
|
|
Axis X of basic three axes |
|
|
||
|
2 |
|
|
Axis Y of basic three axes |
|
|
||
|
3 |
|
|
Axis Z of basic three axes |
|
|
||
|
5 |
|
|
An axis parallel to axis X |
|
|
||
|
6 |
|
|
An axis parallel to axis Y |
|
|
||
|
7 |
|
|
An axis parallel to axis Z |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
1023 |
|
|
Servo axis number of each axis |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|||
|
Valid range |
: 1 to (number of control axes) |
|
|
|
Specify the number of the servo axis that corresponds to each control axis.
Normally, set each servo and control axis to the same numbers.
For example, when using the spindle positioning function (indexing) with axis C, add 16 to the servo axis number to get the parameter value.
Example How to calculate parameter value for C
When there are X, Z, and C(C):
16 + 3 = 19 (set parameter to 19) When there are X, Z, Y, and C(C):
16 + 4 = 20 (set parameter to 20)
The control axis number and servo axis number of an axis with an absolute position detector must be the same.
When using the electronic gear box function (EGB), be sure to specify for the EGB slave axis and EGB dummy axis, the values listed below.
Combination |
(1) |
(2) |
(3) |
(4) |
(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EGB slave axis |
1 |
3 |
5 |
7 |
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EGB dummy axis |
2 |
4 |
6 |
8 |
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1025 |
|
Axis of the basic coordinate system that is used as a rotary axis |
|
in spline interpolation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Byte axis
Usually, spline interpolation is performed on the three basic axes, X, Y, and Z. It can also be performed on a rotary axis (axis for which parameter No. 1022 is 0). In this case the rotary axis substitutes for the basic axis specified using this parameter. This setting is used to determine which of the I, J, K, P, Q, and R addresses is to be used for the rotary axis when the first± and second±order differential vectors are specified at the beginning of spline interpolation.
Settings:
1: The rotary axis is assumed to be the X±axis. So, the first± and second±order differential vectors are specified using I and P.
2: The rotary axis is assumed to be the Y±axis. So, the first± and second±order differential vectors are specified using J and Q.
±38 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
3: The rotary axis is assumed to be the Z±axis. So, the first± and second±order differential vectors are specified using K and R.
Example
When spline interpolation is performed for X, Y, and C, this parameter should be set to 3 for the C±axis.
G06.1 X1234 Y2411 C3350 I0 J0 K0 P0003 Q0003 R0003; X... Y... C... ;
.....
CAUTION 1 When spline interpolation is performed for the rotary axis, this parameter must be set (if the first±order differential vector is specified, and the exponent is omitted from P, Q, and R).
CAUTION 2 For spline interpolation B, the first±order differential vector is specified with a decimal number, but the P, Q, or R specification is not used. To perform interpolation for the rotary axis, however, it is necessary to specify this parameter.
1030 |
|
Command address of the second miscellaneous function |
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Byte
Specify the command address of the second miscellaneous function as A, B, C, U, V, or W. However, any address already used as an axis name cannot also be used as the command address of the second miscellaneous function.
For the Series 15±T and 15±TT, A, U, V, and W cannot be used as the command address of the second miscellaneous function.
Address |
|
Specified |
|
Address |
Specified |
|
|
|
value |
|
value |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
65 |
|
U |
85 |
|
|
B |
|
66 |
|
V |
86 |
|
|
C |
|
67 |
|
W |
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1031 |
|
|
Reference axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|||
Valid range |
: 1 to 15 |
|
|
|
The units of parameters common to all axes, such as the dry run feedrate and feedrate specified by code F with one digit, vary according to the increment system.
In the Series 15, the effective increment system for each axis is selected using a parameter. The units of these parameter must match the increment system of the reference axis. Select the axis to use as the reference axis.
1032 |
|
|
Designation of linear axis used for polar coordinate interpolation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1033 |
|
|
Designation of rotation axis used for polar coordinate interpolation |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Byte |
Valid range : 1 to (number of control axes)
Set the numbers of the control axes to use as the linear and rotation axes for polar coordinate interpolation.
± 39 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
1034 |
|
|
|
Control axis number of tool rotation axis used for polygonal turning |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Valid range |
: |
|
1 to (number of control axes) |
|
|
|
|||||
|
Set the number of the control axis to use as the tool rotation axis for polygonal turning. |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1049 |
|
|
|
Axis switching number |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±M) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Select one of the six combinations for switching axes. The machine axes x, y, and z correspond to program |
|||||||||||
|
addresses X, Y, and Z as follows: |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Axis interchange number |
Program address |
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
Y |
|
Z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
0 |
|
x |
|
y |
|
z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
x |
|
z |
|
y |
|
||
|
|
|
2 |
|
y |
|
x |
|
z |
|
||
|
|
|
3 |
|
y |
|
z |
|
x |
|
||
|
|
|
4 |
|
z |
|
x |
|
y |
|
||
|
|
|
5 |
|
z |
|
y |
|
x |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1050 |
|
|
|
No. of the linear axis to which hypothetical control is applied |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1051 |
|
|
|
No. of the rotation axis to which hypothetical control is applied |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Valid range |
: |
|
1 to (number of control axes) |
|
|
|
|||||
|
Set the numbers of the control axes corresponding to the linear and rotation axes to which hypothetical control |
|||||||||||
|
is applied. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1052 |
|
|
|
Tool eccentricity (mm or inches) |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Two words
Valid range : 0 to 99999999
Unit of data :
Setting range |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
mm |
Inch system machine |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
inch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 40 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1053 |
|
|
Name of hypothetical axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
The symbolic name of the axis used for hypothetical axis control is set using the values in the table below. |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Axis name |
|
Setting |
Axis name |
Setting |
Axis name |
Setting |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
88 |
A |
65 |
U |
85 |
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
89 |
B |
66 |
V |
86 |
|
|
|
|
Z |
|
90 |
C |
67 |
W |
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limit specified by the software for forward direction of hypothetical
1054
axis (mm or inches)
Limit specified by the software for reverse direction of hypothetical
1055
axis (mm or inches)
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Valid range |
: ±99999999 to 99999999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Setting range |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Metric system machine |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
mm |
|||||
Inch system machine |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
inch |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1056 |
|
|
|
Automatic override tolerance ratio for polar coordinate interpolation |
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type |
|
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Valid range |
: |
0 to 100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unit of data |
: |
1% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Typical setting : |
90% (treated as 90% when set to 0) |
|
|
|
|
|
Set the tolerance ratio of the fastest cutting feedrate to the speed of the rotation axis during automatic override of polar coordinate interpolation.
1057 |
|
|
M±code for turning on hypothetical axis control mode |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Byte |
||
Valid range |
: 0 to 99 |
Set the M code for turning on hypothetical axis control mode.
± 41 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
1058 |
|
|
M±code for turning off hypothetical axis control mode |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Valid range |
: 0 to 99 |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Set the M code for turning off hypothetical axis control mode. |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
1059 |
|
|
Specification of an axis as a hypothetical axis in the basic |
|
||||
|
|
|
coordinate system |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Byte |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
If a value not listed in the table below is specified, 2 |
(Y±axis of the basic three axes) is assumed. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Specified value |
|
Meaning |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
X±axis of the basic three axes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
Y±axis of the basic three axes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
Z±axis of the basic three axes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
Axis parallel to the X±axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
Axis parallel to the Y±axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
Axis parallel to the Z±axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 42 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.4 Parameters Related to Chopping |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1191 |
|
|
Chopping axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Valid range |
: 1 to (number of control axes) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Set the number of the servo axis that corresponds to the chopping axis. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1192 |
|
|
Chopping reference position (R position) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1193 |
|
|
Upper limit for chopping |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1194 |
|
|
Lower limit for chopping |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
|
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Machine in the metric system |
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
mm |
|
|||||
|
Machine in the inch system |
|
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
inch |
|
||||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
deg |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range |
: |
±99999999 to 99999999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Set data in absolute coordinates. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1195 |
|
|
Chopping rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Increment system |
|
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Millimeter input |
1.00 mm/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Inch input |
|
|
0.01 inch/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range |
: |
1 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1196 |
|
|
Chopping compensation coefficient |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Unit of data |
: % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Valid range |
: |
0 to 100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specify the coefficient by which to multiply the compensation values for servo delay and acceleration/deceleration delay occurring during chopping.
± 43 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1197 |
|
|
Maximum feedrate during chopping |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Machine in the metric system |
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
mm/min |
|
||||
|
Machine in the inch system |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
inch/min |
|
||||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
deg/min |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Valid range |
: 1 to 100000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set the value that will be used to limit the chopping rate.
When this parameter is set to 0 for the chopping axis, chopping is not performed.
± 44 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
4.5 Parameters Related to Coordinate Systems |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
|
#4 |
#3 |
|
#2 |
#1 |
|
#0 |
|
|
|
1200 |
|
|
ACP |
NZA |
|
|
|
WZMS |
|
MONS |
FPC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
FPC |
Specifies whether to preset the relative position display to zero when the floating reference position |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
is set using soft key MEM±FRP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
0 |
: Do not set to 0 (relative position display remains unchanged). |
|
|
||||||||||||
1 |
: Set to 0. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
MONS |
Specifies whether to shift coordinate systems when data is written into the system variable which |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
specifies the distance to be caused by a manual interrupt. |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
0 |
: Shift all workpiece coordinate system and local coordinate systems. |
|
|
1: Do not shift any workpiece coordinate system or local coordinate system. (This is the same operation as that specified by the cancel soft key on the manual±interrupt±distance screen.)
WZMS Manual input of workpiece zero offset on the WORK ZERO OFFSET screen is :
0 |
: Not possible |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
: Possible |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
NZA |
Specifies whether to issue the PS181 alarm if the machine is in the lock state when the reference |
|||||||||||
|
|
position return function is enabled, and a move command is specified for an axis along which the |
||||||||||
|
|
reference position return is not completed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
0 |
: Issue the alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
: Do not issue the alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
0 |
: Issue the alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
: Do not issue the alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
ACP |
Specifies whether to perform the automatic workpiece coordinate system preset when the machine |
|||||||||||
|
|
lock signal switches from on to off in the reset state. |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
0 |
: Do not perform the preset. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Perform the preset. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1220 |
|
|
Offset from the workpiece reference point for all axes |
|
(15±M) |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shift for the workpiece coordinate system |
|
|
(15±T) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Unit of data : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Linear axis (mm) |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
mm |
|
||||
Linear axis (inch) |
|
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
inch |
|
||||
Rotary axis |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
deg |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range : ±99999999 to 99999999
This is one of the parameters that sets the position of the origin in a work coordinate system (G54 to G59). While the offset of the origin of a workpiece coordinate system may differ for each work coordinate system, this parameter provides an offset common to all workpiece coordinate systems. Normally, this parameter is set automatically by data input (external data input) from the machine.
± 45 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1221 |
|
|
Offset of the origin of workpiece coordinate system 1 |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1222 |
|
|
Offset of the origin of workpiece coordinate system 2 |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1223 |
|
|
Offset of the origin of workpiece coordinate system 3 |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1224 |
|
|
Offset of the origin of workpiece coordinate system 4 |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1225 |
|
|
Offset of the origin of workpiece coordinate system 5 |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1226 |
|
|
Offset of the origin of workpiece coordinate system 6 |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Linear axis (mm) |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
mm |
|
||||
|
Linear axis (inch) |
|
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
inch |
|
||||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
deg |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data range |
:±99999999 |
Work zero point offset values are established for work coordinate |
|
systems 1 - 6 G54-G59 |
|
|
Work coordinate |
|
system 1 G54 |
|
Work coordinate |
|
system 6 G59 |
|
Work zero point |
|
offset value |
Origin of machine coordinate |
Coordinates of the first reference position in the machine coordinate
1240
system
± 46 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
Coordinates of the second reference position in the machine coordinate
1241
system
Coordinates of the third reference position in the machine coordinate
1242
system
Coordinates of the fourth reference position in the machine coordinate
1243
system
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
|
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
|
Unit |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
|
mm |
||||||
Inch system machine |
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
|
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
|
inch |
||||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
|
deg |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range |
: ±99999999 to 99999999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Set the coordinates of the first to fourth reference positions in the machine coordinate system. |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1244 |
|
|
Floating reference position in G30.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Valid range |
: ±99999999 to 99999999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Increment system : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
|
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
|
Unit |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
|
mm |
||||||
Inch system machine |
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
|
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
|
inch |
||||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
|
deg |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
1260 |
|
|
Angular displacement about the rotation axis when the connected |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
motor rotates one turn |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Increment system |
|
Unit of data |
|
Standard setting |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
IS±A |
|
0.01deg |
|
|
36000 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
IS±B |
|
0.001deg |
|
|
360000 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
IS±C |
|
0.0001deg |
|
|
3600000 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
IS±D |
|
0.00001deg |
|
|
36000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
IS±E |
|
0.000001deg |
|
360000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set the angular displacement about the rotation axis when the connected motor rotates one turn.
Valid range: ±99999999 to 99999999
± 47 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
4.6 Parameters Related to Feedrate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
|
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
|
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
|
1400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
AOV |
LRP |
SKF |
|
RPD |
TDR |
RDR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
RDR |
Specifies whether dry runs can be performed for the rapid traverse command. |
||||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Cannot be performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Can be performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
TDR |
Specifies whether dry runs can be performed for the threading and tapping commands. |
||||||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Cannot be performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Can be performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
RPD |
Specifies whether manual rapid traverse can be performed during the period from the power on to |
||||||||||||||
|
|
reference position return. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
0 |
: Cannot be performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
1 |
: Can be performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
SKF |
Specifies the feedrate of the skip function (G31, G31.1, G31.2, G31.3 ± only G31 for the Series 15±T |
||||||||||||||
|
|
and 15±TT). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
0 |
: Feedrate specified by the F code in the program |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
1 |
: Feedrate specified by parameter parameter No. 1428 |
|
|
|
|
NOTE See the item on bit 5 of parameter No. 7200 for multi±step and high±speed skip.
LRP Selects the method used for positioning (GOO).
0: Non±linear interpolation (each axis moves independently at the rapid traverse feedrate)
1: Linear interpolation (tool path is linear)
AOV Specifies whether to enable the secondary feedrate override. 0 : Disable.
1 : Enable.
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
1401 |
|
|
|
|
|
DRS |
|
RFO |
HTG |
NED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
NED |
Specifies effective range of external deceleration. |
|
|
|
|||||||
|
0 |
: Affects all feed movement. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
1 |
: Affects only rapid traverse. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
HTG |
Specifies how to specify a feedrate for helical and helical involute interpolation. |
0: Specify a feedrate in the direction tangent to an arc or involute curve.
1: Specify a tangential feedrate for axes including linear axes
RFO Specifies whether to stop during rapid traverse when the cutting feedrate override is set to 0%. 0 : Stop.
1 : Do not stop.
DRS Specifies whether to enable skip signals during a dry run. 0 : Disable.
1 : Enable.
± 48 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|||
|
1402 |
|
|
|
CAFC |
|
|
OVRDI |
|
ROV8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit
ROV8 Specifies override of the rapid traverse feedrate.
0: The override is F0, Fn, 50%, or 100%, as specified by input signals ROV1 and ROV2.
1: The override is determined by seven input signals (*RV0B to *RV6B) in 1% units within a range from 0% to 100%.
OVRDI Selects how to specify the PMC axis control override.
0 : Specify in PMC axis control command block.
1 : Specify directly by input signal from PMC.
CAFC |
Specifies whether cutting point speed control is performed during cutter compensation C mode (the |
|||||||||||
|
|
Series 15±M) and tool nose radius compensation mode (the Series 15±T/TT). |
||||||||||
0 |
: Not perfomed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: Performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
1403 |
|
|
|
|
|
OVRIM |
|
|
|
|
APO |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type : Bit
APO The least increment for the second feedrate override is
0 : 1%
1 : 0.01%
This parameter is effective only when AOV (bit 5 of parameter No. 1400) is 1.
CAUTION This parameter is not effective for the distributed processing function with remote buffers. The conventional second feedrate override (with 1% increments) is used.
OVRIM Specifies the timing when the changed override and dry±run signals are made effective when lookahead acceleration/deceleration before interpolation or high±precision contour control is used, and also specifies whether high±precision contour control is enabled in inverse±time feed mode.
0: The signals are read when blocks are read. For those blocks which have been read into the multibuffer, these signals are not made effective. The feedrate is changed after those blocks have been executed.
High±precision contour control is disabled for inverse±time feed.
1: When the signals are changed, the feedrate is immediately changed accordingly. High±precision contour control is enabled for inverse±time feed.
CAUTION 1 Set bit 2 of parameter No. 7614 to 0.
CAUTION 2 No override is applied to the feedrate calculated by the High±Precision Contour Control function (HPCC).
NOTE To prevent large impacts from being applied to the machine during dry run or when the override is increased, the dry±run feedrate and cutting feedrate are clamped at the feedrate determined by the High±Precision Contour Control function (HPCC).
± 49 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|||
|
1404 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
POVSIG |
PCROVR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit
PCROVR Specifies whether to enable override for rapid traverse, reference position return, and positioning in the machine coordinate system in axis control by PMC.
0 : Disables override.
1 : Enables override.
POVSIG Specifies the override signals that can be used for rapid traverse, reference position return, and positioning in the machine coordinate system in axis control by PMC.
0 : ROV1 and ROV2, or RV0B to RV6B
1 : ROV1E and ROV2E
The following table shows the relationship between the feedrate and override for rapid traverse, reference position return, and positioning in the machine coordinate system:
|
1409#2 |
|
1404#1 |
1404#2 |
|
1402#0 |
|
Feedrate |
|
|
|
Override |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
0 |
/ |
|
/ |
|
Feedrate set in parameter |
Not applied |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. 1420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
Feedrate set in parameter |
ROV1, ROV2 |
|||||||
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
No. 1420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
1 |
1 |
|
Feedrate set in parameter |
RV0B to RV6B |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. 1420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
/ |
|
Feedrate set in parameter |
ROV1E, ROV2E |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. 1420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
1 |
|
|
/ |
/ |
|
/ |
|
PMC data feedrate |
PMC axis control override |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
|
#5 |
|
#4 |
|
#3 |
|
#2 |
|
#1 |
#0 |
|
||
1409 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRQFU |
|
RPD |
|
F10 |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Data type |
: Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F10 Sets the units of the feedrate data specified in the cutting feed command (feed per minute) in axis control by PMC.
|
|
F10 |
Metric input |
|
Inch input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
1 mm/min |
|
0.01 inch/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
10 mm/min |
|
0.1 inch/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RPD |
Sets the feedrate for rapid traverse along the PMC±controlled axis, reference position return, and |
|||||
|
positioning in the machine coordinate system in axis control by PMC. |
|||||
0 |
: Feedrate set in parameter No. 1420 |
|
|
|||
1 |
: Feedrate specified as the feedrate data in the axis control command |
CAUTION When rapid traverse, reference position return, and positioning in the machine coordinate system are performed in axis control by PMC by using conversational macros, RPD (parameter No. 1409 #2) becomes ineffective. This means that only the feedrate set in parameter No. 1420 can be used for execution.
TRQFU Specifies whether to perform follow±up for torque control.
0 : Not performed.
1 : Performed.
± 50 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1410 |
|
|
Dry run feedrate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
||||
|
Data type |
: Two±words |
Unit of data : Depends on the increment system of the basic axes.
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
Inch system machine |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
Rotary axis |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
Valid range : 1 to 1000000
For BMI interface
Set the dry run feedrate for when the jog feedrate dial is turned to 100%.
For FS6 interface
Set the dry run feedrate for when the jog feedrate dial is turned to the 22nd position. The typical setting is 500 for a millimeter machine or 2000 for an inch machine.
For FS3 interface
Set the dry run feedrate for when the feedrate override dial is turned to 130%. The typical setting is 500 for a millimeter machine or 2000 for an inch machine.
1411 |
|
Arbitrary manual angle feedrate |
|
|
|
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type |
: Word |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unit of data |
: Depends on the increment system of the basic axes. |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
|
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
||||||||||
Valid range |
: 1 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Set the arbitrary manual angle feedrate for when the jogging feedrate dial is turned to 100%. |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1412 |
|
|
Percentage value for rapid traverse override F1 |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type |
: Byte |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unit of data |
: % |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Valid range |
: 0 to 100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set the percentage value to use for rapid traverse override F1.
± 51 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1413 |
|
|
Maximum number of buffered manual handle feed pulses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Byte |
|
||
|
Valid range |
: 0 to 4 |
|
Manual handle feed cannot be used to move the machine at a faster rate than the rapid traverse feedrate. Therefore, when the manual handle feedrate exceeds the rapid traverse feedrate, the excess manual pulses can be stored and used to move the machine an equivalent distance at the rapid traverse feedrate (i.e. pulses are buffered). Set the size of this buffer in this parameter.
Buffer size = (rapid traverse feedrate) 2**(setting)/7500 (Two asterisks (**) indicate an exponent)
Normally, set this parameter to 0.
1414 |
|
|
Magnification n of manual handle feed |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Word |
||
Valid range |
: 1 to 2000 (1 to 2000 magnification) |
Set the magnification rate for when movement selection signal MP2 for manual handle feed is on. Normally, set this parameter to 100.
Movement selection signal |
Movement (manual handle feed) |
|||
|
|
|
||
MP4 |
MP2 |
MP1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
0 |
Least input increment × |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
1 |
Least input increment × |
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
0 |
Least input increment × |
n |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
1 |
Least input increment × |
n |
|
|
|
|
|
However, when HDF of parameter 7608 is set to 1 (meaning that movement by manual handle feed is 1000±times the least input increment), the movement values become as shown in the table below. The letter n in the table below is the value set in parameter No. 1414. This parameter has a valid range of 1 to 2000 and is usually set to 1000.
Movement selection signal |
Movement (manual handle feed) |
|||
|
|
|
||
MP4 |
MP2 |
MP1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
0 |
Least input increment × |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
1 |
Least input increment × |
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
0 |
Least input increment × 100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
1 |
Least input increment × |
n |
|
|
|
|
|
(0: Signal low, 1: Signal high)
1417 |
|
|
Rapid traverse ratio during the period from the power on to manual |
|
|
reference position return |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: |
Byte |
Unit of data |
: |
% |
Valid range |
: |
1 to 100 |
Set the rapid traverse ratio to use in the below expression. This expression is used to calculate the effective rapid traverse feedrate during the period from the power on to manual reference position return.
± 52 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
(rapid traverse feedrate) = (feedrate set in parameter No. 1420) × (value set in this parameter) / 100 When 0 is set, the feedrate is assumed to be 100%.
1420 |
|
|
Rapid traverse feedrate along each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
|
IS±C |
|
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
0.01 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
inch/min |
||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
0.01 |
deg/min |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Valid range |
: 1 to 100000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Set the rapid traverse feedrate for each axis for when rapid traverse override is 100%. |
|
||||||||||||
Even when F24 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1421 |
|
|
F0 feedrate for each axis for rapid traverse override |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
|
IS±C |
|
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
|
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
||||||||||||
Valid range |
: 8 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Set the F0 feedrate for each axis for rapid traverse override. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1422 |
|
|
Maximum cutting feedrate for each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
|
IS±C |
|
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
0.01 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
inch/min |
||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
0.01 |
deg/min |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Valid range |
: 1 to 100000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum cutting feedrate for each axis.
Even when F24 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
± 53 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1423 |
|
|
Jogging feedrate for each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
||||
|
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
||||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
Valid range : 1 to 1000000
For BMI interface
Set the jogging feedrate for each axis for when the jog feedrate dial is turned to 100%.
For FS6 interface
Set the jogging feedrate for each axis for when the jog feedrate dial is turned to the 22nd position.
The typical setting is 500 for a millimeter machine or 2000 for an inch machine.
For FS3 interface
Set the jogging feedrate for each axis for when the feedrate override dial is turned to 130%.
The typical setting is 500 for a millimeter machine or 2000 for an inch machine.
This parameter also specifies the dry run feedrate for each axis when dry runs are enabled for rapid traverse (when PDR, a bit of parameter No. 1400 is set to 1), but the RT signal (rapid traverse signal) is off.
The meaning of the data is the same as for jogging.
1424 |
|
|
FM feedrate for each axis for manual reference position return |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even when F24 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
Valid range : 8 to 1000000
Set the FM feedrate for each axis for manual reference position return when the magnetic switch method is used. Linear acceleration/deceleration is applied to movement at the FM feedrate. When reference position return is performed using the grid method, there is no need to set this parameter since the FM feedrate is not used.
± 54 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
Rate |
FL rate |
FM rate |
Time |
Deceleration point |
Reference point |
1425 |
|
|
FL feedrate for each axis for manual reference position return |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
||||||||||
Valid range |
: 8 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For each axis, set the FL feedrate to be used after deceleration occurs in reference position return.
Rate |
FL rate |
Time |
Deceleration point |
Reference point |
1426 |
|
|
External deceleration rate during cutting feed |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 55 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Valid range |
: 1 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Set the external deceleration rate used during cutting feed and positioning using linear interpolation (G00). |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
1427 |
|
|
External deceleration rate for each axis during rapid traverse |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
|
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
||||
|
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
||||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Valid range |
: 8 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
This parameter sets the external deceleration feedrate used in rapid traverse or in the PMC axis control com- |
|||||||||||||
|
mand. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
1428 |
|
|
Skip function (G31) feedrate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
|
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Metric system machine |
|
1.0 |
|
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
|
mm/min |
|
|||
|
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
|
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
|
inch/min |
|
|||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
1.0 |
|
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
Valid range : 1 to 1000000
Set the feedrate for the skip function (G31). This parameter is valid when SKF, a bit of parameter No. 1400, is set to 1, namely the skip function feedrate is the value set in this parameter.
NOTE See parameter Nos. 7211 to 7214 for multi±step and high±speed skip.
Resolution of the feedrate specified by the F code with a one±digit
1450
number
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type : Byte
Valid range : 1 to 127
Set the constant used to determine the change in the feedrate when the manual pulse generator is rotated one graduation while that F code with a one±digit number is specified.
F + |
F max i |
|
( i + 1, 2 ) |
|
100n |
||||
|
|
± 56 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
This parameter is represented in the above expression as the letter n. Set n to determine how many times the manual pulse generator needs to be rotated for the feedrate to become Fmaxi. Fmaxi in the above expression represents the upper limit for the feedrate specified by the F code with a one±digit number. The limit is set in parameter Nos. 1460 and 1461.
Fmax1 Upper feedrate limit for F1 to F4 (1460)
Fmax2 Upper feedrate limit for F5 to F9 (1461)
1451 |
|
F1 feedrate |
|
|
|
1452 |
|
F2 feedrate |
|
|
|
1453 |
|
F3 feedrate |
|
|
|
1454 |
|
F4 feedrate |
|
|
|
1455 |
|
F5 feedrate |
|
|
|
1456 |
|
F6 feedrate |
|
|
|
1457 |
|
F7 feedrate |
|
|
|
1458 |
|
F8 feedrate |
|
|
|
1459 |
|
F9 feedrate |
|
|
|
Setting input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type |
: |
Two words |
Unit of data |
: |
The setting unit used here is the smallest of all those for all controlled axes. |
NOTE The actual feedrate may differ from the setting of this parameter, because it is an integral
multiple of |
F, calculated from the setting of parameter No. 1450. |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
Rotary axis |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 57 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
Valid range : 1 to 1000000
Specify the feedrate assigned to each F code with a one±digit number, F1 to F9.
When the F code with a one±digit number is in effect, rotating the manual pulse generator will vary the feedrate. This parameter changes along with the changes in the feedrate.
1460 |
|
Upper feedrate limit for F1 to F4 |
|
|
|
1461 |
|
Upper feedrate limit for F5 to F9 |
|
|
|
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type : Two words
Unit of data : The setting unit used here is the smallest of all those for all controlled axes.
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
Inch system machine |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
Rotary axis |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 1000000
These are the upper limits for the feedrates specified by the F codes with a one±digit number. When the feedrate is increased by turning the manual pulse generator, these upper limits are used to clamp the feedrate. The upper limit of feedrates for F1 to F4 is specified in parameter No. 1460. The upper limits of feedrate for F5 to F9 is specified in parameter No. 1461.
1472 |
|
|
Feedrate when the normal±direction control axis swivels |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
Unit of data : deg/min
Valid range : 1 to 15000
Set the feedrate used when the normal±direction control axis swivels.
Critical speed and allowable speed difference for automatic corner
1478
deceleration
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increment system |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Millimeter machine |
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
mm/min |
|
Inch machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
inch/min |
|
Rotation axis |
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid data range : 0 to 32767. When 0 is specified for all axes, the tool is not decelerated at the corner.
When a function for determining the feedrate based on the corner feedrate difference in acceleration/deceleration before look±ahead interpolation and high±precision contour control is used, if a change in a feedrate com-
± 58 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
ponent on each axis at a boundary between blocks is about to exceed the value set in this parameter, acceleration/deceleration before interpolation is applied to reduce the feedrate to the value obtained for that purpose.
Example The tool changes its direction of movement by 90 degrees (from along theX±axis to along the Y±axis) when a feedrate of 1, 000 min/min is specified and an allowable feedrate difference of 500 mm/min is set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Feedrate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
N2 |
|
|
F1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tool path if the feedrate |
is |
|
|
|
F500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
not reduced at corners |
|
Tool path if the fee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
drate is reduced at |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N1 |
|
|
N2 |
Time |
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
corners |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
N1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
1479 |
|
|
Feedrate used to indicate completion of automatic corner deceleration |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
|
IS±B |
|
IS±C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IS±D |
|
|
IS±E |
|
Unit |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.001 |
|
mm/min |
|
|||||||||||||||||
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
|
|
0.0001 |
|
inch/min |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.001 |
|
deg/min |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In continuous cutting mode (G64), when one cutting feed block (block A) is followed by another cutting feed block (block B), the automatic corner deceleration function determines whether to decelerate during block A.
This function compares the absolute difference of the feedrate components (if the tool does not move along a certain axis, the feedrate component is 0 along the axis) along each axis in block A and B with the value set in parameter 1478. If absolute difference in the feedrate components for even one of the axes exceeds the value set in parameter 1478, this function automatically decelerates the machine at the end of block A. When the decelerated feedrate in the acceleration/deceleration circuit of each axis drops below the value set in parameter 1479, cutting proceeds to the next block (block B).
± 59 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
Block B |
|
+Y |
Block A |
|
|
|
|
+X |
Velocity |
|
|
X axis |
|
Y axis |
Velocity preset |
ПППОО |
|
by parameter |
ÎÎ |
|
|
ÏÏÏÏ |
|
|
t |
Time |
The residual pulses left in the acceleration/deceleration circuit of the X axis at time t are shown by the shadowed portion. However, because the decelerated feedrate in the acceleration/ deceleration circuit of the X axis has dropped below the value preset in this parameter, cutting proceeds to the next block.
The feedrate component of each axis, in the case of a linear interpolation block, is the tangential feedrate along the axis obtained by multiplying the override by the feedrate specified in that block. In the case of a circular interpolation block, the feedrate component of each axis is the tangential feedrate along the axis obtained by multiplying the override by the feedrate specified in that block at the start point (block B) or end point (block A). The override here refers to feedrate override being selected at the time when the information of the block is read.
Example When the control axes are X, Y, Z, and A
(i)Linear interpolation block G01G91X x Y y Z z F f ;
Fx |
+ f |
x |
ovr………………………… |
Feedrate component along the X axis |
|
K |
|||||
|
|
|
|
||
Fy |
+ f |
y |
ovr………………………… |
Feedrate component along the Y axis |
|
|
|||||
K |
|||||
|
|
|
|
||
Fz |
+ f |
z |
ovr………………………… |
Feedrate component along the Z axis |
K
Fa + 0 …………………………………………
Where K = X + Y + Z
ovr : Feedrate override
(ii)Circular interpolation block (corresponding to block B) G17G02X x Y y I i J j F f ;
Fx |
+ f |
|
j |
ovr………………… |
Feedrate component along the X axis |
||
|
|
|
|||||
i2 ) j2 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
||||
Fy |
+ f |
|
i |
ovr………………… |
Feedrate component along the Y axis |
||
|
|
|
|||||
i2 ) j2 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
||||
Fz = 0 …………………………………………… |
|
Feedrate component along the Z axis |
|||||
Fa = 0 …………………………………………… |
|
Feedrate component along the A axis |
If feed per rotation (G95) or feed at the feedrate specified by the F code with a one±digit number is specified in block A or B, no check is made to see if automatic corner deceleration is necessary.
In dry run mode, checks are made to see if automatic corner deceleration is necessary, just as during normal operation.
± 60 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
Time constant for acceleration/deceleration performed after interpolation 1482 for cutting feed during automatic feedrate control in high±precision
contour control
Parameter input
Data type : Word axis
Unit of data : msec
Valid range : 0 to 4000
Set the time constant used for acceleration/deceleration performed after interpolation for cutting feed during automatic feedrate control in high±precision contour control.
During automatic feedrate control, this constant is used instead of the constant normally used (parameter No. 1622).
Parameter No. 1635 is used if RISC±based high±precision contour control or advance feed forward is used (ADV of parameter 1811 = 1).
1490 |
|
Upper feedrate limit at radius R |
|
|
|
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
mm/min |
|
Inch system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
inch/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range : 0 to 100000
Set the upper limit of the feedrate at the radius set in parameter No. 1492.
1491 |
|
Lower feedrate limit (RVmin) clamped by radius |
|
|
|
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
mm/min |
|
Inch system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
inch/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range |
: 0 to 100000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
When using the ºfeedrate clamp by radiusº function, reducing the radius causes the feedrate clamp value to decrease. If the feedrate clamp value becomes smaller than the value specified for this parameter, the specified parameter value is used as the feedrate clamp value.
± 61 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1492 |
|
Radius corresponding to the upper feedrate limit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±M)
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
mm |
|
Inch system machine |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
inch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range : 1000 to 99999999
Specify the radius corresponding to the upper feedrate limit set in parameter No. 1490.
1493 |
|
|
Cutting feedrate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Incremental Unit |
|
Data unit |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
Input by mm |
|
1.0 mm/min |
|
|||
Input by inch |
|
0.01 inch/min |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range : 0 (cutting feedrate is set by the program)
1 to (maximum cutting feedrate)
Set the cutting feedrate in this parameter for machines that do not require changes in the cutting feedrate during machining. By using this parameter, cutting feedrates (F codes) do not need to be specified in NC command data.
Turn the power off then on again after changing this parameter.
1494 |
|
|
Feedrate during reverse movement |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Metric system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
||||
Inch system machine |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
||||
Rotary axis |
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Valid range |
: 1 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set the feedrate to use during reverse movement. When set to 0, reverse movement is performed at the feedrate specified in the program.
± 62 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
4.7Parameters Related to Screen for Specifying High±Speed and High±Precision Machining
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
1517 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAR |
NAM |
NAF |
NAS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
NAS |
Specifies whether the automatic setting function is enabled on the HPCC (SETTING) screen. |
||||||||||
0 |
: Enabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1 |
: Disabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
NAF |
Specifies whether the automatic tuning function (FINE) is enabled on the HPCC (SETTING) screen. |
||||||||||
0 |
: Enabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1 |
: Disabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
NAM |
Specifies whether the automatic tuning function (MEDIUM) is enabled on the HPCC (SETTING) |
||||||||||
|
|
screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
: Enabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1 |
: Disabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
NAR |
Specifies whether the automatic tuning function (ROUGH) is enabled on the HPCC (SETTING) |
||||||||||
|
|
screen. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
: Enabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1 |
: Disabled. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum value of the feed±forward factor determined during
1518
automatic tuning on the HPCC (SETTING) screen
Parameter input |
|
|
Data type |
: Word |
|
Unit of data |
: |
0.01% |
Valid data range : |
0 to 9900 |
Specify the minimum value of the feed±forward factor determined during calculation by automatic tuning.
The automatic tuning function sets the feed±forward factor to the minimum value when the calculated feed±forward factor is lower than the minimum value. This parameter has a default value of 9400 during automatic setting.
Whenever a finishing level higher than the determined level is specified after the lower limit has been specified, the feed±forward factor is set to the minimum value. In such a case, the same time constant after interpolat ion is obtained because it is calculated using the minimum feed±forward factor. Therefore, automatic calculation may produce the same result for different finishing levels. In this case, specify 0 in this parameter and ret ry automatic tuning.
± 63 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS B±62560E/02
4.8 Parameters Related to Acceleration/Deceleration Control
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
1600 |
|
RDEx |
|
JGEx |
CTEx |
|
|
|
REXx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Data type : Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
REXx |
Specifies acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse as follows: |
|
0: constant±acceleration linear acceleration/deceleration, or if bit 5 (RTREL) of parameter No. 1601
=1, bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration.
1: constant±acceleration time acceleration/deceleration
CTEx Specifies method of acceleration/deceleration used during cutting feed and dry runs.
0: Linear acceleration/deceleration is used. However, when the bell±shaped acceleration/decelera tion option is selected, bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration is used.
1: Exponential acceleration/deceleration
NOTE With the Series 15±A, exponential acceleration/deceleration was the default acceleration/ deceleration method. With the Series 15±B, however, linear acceleration/deceleration is the default acceleration/deceleration method.
JGEx |
Specifies the method of acceleration/deceleration used during jogging. |
|
|
|||||||||||
0 |
: Bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration when bell±shaped option is available. Linear accelera- |
|||||||||||||
|
|
tion/deceleration when option for linear acceleration/deceleration after interpolation for cutting |
||||||||||||
|
|
feed is available |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1 |
: Exponential acceleration/deceleration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
NOTE |
With the Series 15±A, exponential acceleration/deceleration was the default acceleration/ |
|||||||||||||
|
|
deceleration method. With the Series 15±B, however, linear acceleration/deceleration is the |
||||||||||||
|
|
default acceleration/deceleration method. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
RDEx |
Specifies the constant±acceleration time acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse as follows: |
|||||||||||||
0 |
: exponential acceleration/deceleration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
1 |
: linear or bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
|
#3 |
|
#2 |
#1 |
|
#0 |
|
|
1601 |
|
|
|
|
RTBEL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
RTBEL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
: Liner acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
1 |
: Bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse |
|
|
|
|
To apply bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration to the corresponding axis, specify time constant T1 in parameter No. 1620 and time constant T2 in parameter No. 1636, in addition to setting this bit to 0.
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
|
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
1603 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SBELL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
SBELL |
The Look±ahead ACC/DEC before Interpolation is |
|
|
|
||||||||
0 |
: Linear type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
: Bell shaped ACC/DEC with constant acceleration changing time |
|
± 64 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|||
|
1604 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MIRTNA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit axis
MIRTNA Specifies whether the jog feed acceleration/deceleration time constant is valid for manual handle interrupt or jog feed (interrupt type) acceleration/deceleration.
0: Valid (cutting feed acceleration/deceleration time constant (parameter No. 1622) and jog feed acceleration/deceleration time constant (parameter No. 1624) are valid).
1: Invalid (only the cutting feed acceleration/deceleration time constant is valid).
Time constant (T) for linear acceleration/deceleration or time constant 1620 (T1) for bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse along
each axis
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
|||
Unit of data |
: msec |
|||
Valid data range : 0 to 4000 |
||||
Example |
For linear acceleration/deceleration (when REXx of parameter No. 1600 is 0 and RTBEL of |
|||
|
parameter No. 1601 is 0) |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Feedrate |
|||
|
|
|
Rapid traverse rate |
|
|
|
|
parameter No. 1420 |
T |
T |
Time |
|
For bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration (when REXx of parameter No. 1600 is 0 and
RTBEL of parameter No. 1601 is 1)
Feedrate
Rapid traverse rateparameter No. 1420
T2 |
T2 |
T2 |
T2 |
|
Time |
|
|
||||
|
T1 |
|
T1 |
|
|
T1 |
: Value of parameter No. 1620 |
|
|
|
|
T2 |
: Value of parameter No. 1636 (Specify these time constants so that T1 yT2.) |
||||
Total acceleration/deceleration time |
|
|
: T1 |
+ T2 |
|
Acceleration/deceleration time for linear feedrate increase |
: T1 |
± T2 |
|||
Acceleration/deceleration time for nonlinear feedrate increase : T2 |
|
± 65 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
FL feedrate for linear or bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration for
1621
rapid traverse along each axis
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Two words |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
Inch system machine |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
Rotary axis |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 1000000
Specify the FL feedrate for linear or bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse along each axis.
Example Liner acceleration/deceleration
Feedrate
Rapid traverse rateparameter No. 1420
FL rate
t time
Time constant
Data No. 1620
For bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration
Feedrate
Rapid traverseparameter No. 1420
FL feedrate
Time
T2 |
|
|
|
|
T2 |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
T1
T1 : Parameter No. 1620
T2 : Parameter No. 1636
NOTE When the feedrate is decelerated to the value set in this parameter at any point regardless of whether during a linear or nonlinear feedrate increase, the tool moves at that feedrate for the remaining distance then stops.
± 66 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1622 |
|
|
Cutting feed acceleration/deceleration time constant for each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
||||
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data : msec
Valid range : 0 to 4000
However, note that the valid range is 0 to 2000 when the bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration option is provided, and that the valid range is 0 to 1000 in the case of a machine using 2ms binary±input DNC operation.
For each axis, set the time constant used for acceleration/ deceleration during cutting feed. Except in special cases, this time constant should be set to the same value for all axes. When different values are specified, the desired straight and curved lines will not be obtained.
When linear acceleration/deceleration |
When bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration |
is applied after cutting feed interpolation |
is applied after cutting feed interpolation |
Feedrate |
Feedrate |
Time |
Time |
Time constant |
Time constant |
The time constant is fixed irrespective of the feedrate (fixed time constant method).
FL feedrate for cutting feed acceleration/deceleration after interpolation
1623
along each axis
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increment system |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Millimeter machine |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
Inch machine |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
Rotation axis |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0. 1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even when a high±resolution detector is mounted (when the PLC01 bit of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1), the above units of data are not multiplie d by 10.
Valid data range : 0 to 32767
Be sure to always set 0 in this parameter for all axes, except for a special application. Otherwise, correct linear or circular figures cannot be obtained.
± 67 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1624 |
|
|
Jog acceleration/deceleration time constant for each axis |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: msec |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Valid range |
: 0 to 4000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
For each axis, set the time constant used for acceleration/ deceleration during jog feed. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
1625 |
|
|
FL feedrate for each axis for acceleration/deceleration during jog feed |
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
|
IS±E |
Unit |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
||||
|
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
|
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
||||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
|
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
Valid range |
: 0 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
For each axis, set the FL feedrate used for acceleration/ deceleration during jog feed. |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
1626 |
|
|
Time constant for each axis for acceleration/deceleration during the |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
threading cycle |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±T and 15±TT) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: msec |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Valid range |
: 1 to 4000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For each axis, set the time constant used for exponential acceleration/deceleration during the threading cycle (G76 and G78 (G92 in G code system A)).
CAUTION This parameter is also used for acceleration/deceleration before interpolation during threading (G33 (G32 in G code system A)).
FL feedrate for each axis for acceleration/deceleration during the
1627
threading cycle
Parameter input (only for the Series 15±T and 15±TT) |
|
|
|
|
||||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
|||||||
Valid range |
: 0 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
For each axis, set the FL feedrate used for acceleration/ deceleration during the threading cycle.
± 68 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
Except in special cases, set this parameter to 0. |
|
||
|
D |
Rapid feed |
S |
|
|
||
|
|
Chamber |
Rapid feed |
|
|
|
|
|
C |
|
Threading |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B |
|
|
|
|
A |
Operation |
|
Time constant |
FL speed |
A → B Threading |
|
Data number |
1623 |
|
1622 |
||
|
|
|
|
B → C → D |
|
1626 |
1627 |
The time constant in parameter No. 1622 and the FL feedrate in parameter No. 1623 are used during normal threading (G33 (G32 in G code system A)).
|
|
|
Exponential function type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration time |
1628 |
|
|
constant, or time constant for linear or bell±shaped rapid traverse |
|
|
|
acceleration/deceleration with constant acceleration time, for individual axes |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Word axis |
||
Unit of data |
: msec |
||
Valid range |
: 0 to 4000 |
Specifies the exponential function type rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration time constant, or time constant for linear or bell±shaped rapid traverse acceleration/deceleration with constant acceleration time, for individual axes.
1629 |
|
FL feedrate for exponential acceleration/deceleration for rapid |
|
traverse along each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
mm/min |
|
Inch system machine |
|
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
inch/min |
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10. |
|
|||||||
Valid range |
: 0 to 1000000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specify the FL feedrate for exponential acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse along each axis.
1630 |
|
|
Parameter 1 for determining linear acceleration/deceleration before |
|
|
interpolation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: |
Two words |
Unit of data |
: |
(increment system used for reference axis, set in parameter No. 1031) |
± 69 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
IS±D |
IS±E |
|
Unit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metric system machine |
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
|
mm/min |
|
|
Inch system machine |
|
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
0.001 |
|
inch/min |
|
|
Rotary axis |
|
100.0 |
10.0 |
1.0 |
0.1 |
0.01 |
|
deg/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valid range : 1 to 32767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set the parameter for determining linear acceleration/ deceleration before interpolation. Normally, this parameter is set to the maximum cutting feedrate for the reference axis.
Rate
Parameter 1
Data No. 1630
Time
Parameter 2 Data No. 1631
Parameter 2 for determining linear acceleration/deceleration before
1631
interpolation
Parameter input
Data type : Word
Unit of data : msec
Valid range : 0 to 4000
Specify the time it takes to reach the feedrate set in parameter 1.
CAUTION This parameter is used when acceleration/deceleration before look±ahead interpolation or high±precision contour control is used. Parameter No. 1653 is used in ordinary mode, in which these functions are not used.
NOTE If parameter No. 1630 or 1631 is set to 0, the linear acceleration/ deceleration before interpolation function becomes invalid.
Time constant for cutting feed acceleration/deceleration after
1635 interpolation in automatic feedrate control for high±precision contour control
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data |
: msec |
Valid data range : 0 to 4000
Time constants in a range between 0 and 1000 ms are made valid for RISC±based high±precision contour control (HPCC) mode. If a value greater than 1000 is specified, 1000 msec is assumed (in the HPCC mode only) .
Be sure to always set the same time constant in this parameter for all axes, except for a special application. Otherwise, correct linear or circular figures cannot be obtained.
± 70 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
Time constant for bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration for rapid
1636
traverse along each axis (T2)
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data |
: msec |
Valid data range : 0 to 1000
Set time constant T2 of bell±shaped acceleration/deceleration for rapid traverse along each axis.
Specify this parameter so that it does not exceed the value of parameter No. 1620 (T1).
Allowable acceleration for feedrate determination based on acceleration
1643
in high±precision contour control
Parameter input
Data type : Word axis
Unit of data : msec
Valid range : 0 to 32767
Set the time it takes to reach the maximum cutting feedrate for each axis (specified in parameter No. 1422). This value is used to set the permissible acceleration for the function that determines the feedrate according to the acceleration during automatic feedrate control.
This function controls the feedrate so that the acceleration of each axis does not exceed the peak acceleration shown in the figure below. The larger the value set in this parameter, the less the shock to the machine and the smaller the machining error during machining.
Feedrate
Maximum cutting feedrateparameter No. 1422
Time
Permissible accelerationparameter No. 1643
± 71 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
Parameter 1 to set acceleration/deceleration for each axis when a
1644
constant feedrate command for PMC axis control is specified
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data |
: rpm |
Valid data range : 0 to 32767
Feedrate |
Parameter 1 |
parameter 1644 |
Time
Parameter 2parameter 1645
Parameter 2 to set acceleration/deceleration for each axis when a
1645
constant feedrate command for PMC axis control is specified
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data |
: msec |
Valid data range : 0 to 32767
Specify the time it takes to reach the feedrate set in parameter 1.
NOTE When parameter No. 1645 is set to 0, the acceleration/deceleration function is disabled.
Parameter 3 for setting the rate of linear acceleration/deceleration
1653
before interpolation
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: Word |
Unit of data |
: 1 msec |
Valid data range : 0 to 4000
Specify the time required to attain the speed set in parameter 1 (parameter No.1630).
Separate time constants for acceleration/deceleration before interpolation are provided for the advance control mode and normal mode. This parameter specifies the time constant of acceleration/deceleration before interpolat ion in the normal mode. When this parameter is set to 0, acceleration/deceleration before interpolation is disabled in the normal mode.
± 72 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
Time constant for bell shape ACC/DEC with constant acceleration changing
1656
time (tb)
Parameter input |
|
Data type |
: Word |
Unit of data |
: msec |
Valid data range : 0 to 100
Feedrate
Linear type
Bell shape
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ta: Depends on the commanded feedrate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and the acceleration of the linear |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type ACC/DEC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
commanded feedrate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ta= |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acceleration of the linear |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type ACC/DEC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time |
tb: Time constant for Bell shape. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
constant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tb |
ta |
tb |
tb |
ta |
tb |
|
tc: The time of acceleration/deceleration |
|
|
|
|
|
for Bell shape ACC/DEC. |
||
|
tc |
|
|
tc |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tc=ta+tb |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 73 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
4.9 Parameters Related to Servo
The following parameters are not explained in this manual :
Refer to ªFANUC AC SERVO AMP LIFIER MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B±65005E)º for details.
No. |
Data type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1806 |
Bit axis |
AMR7 |
|
AMR6 |
|
AMR5 |
|
AMR4 |
|
AMR3 |
|
AMR2 |
AMR1 |
AMR0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1807 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PFSEL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1808 |
Bit axis |
VOFST |
|
OVSCMP |
|
BLENBL |
|
IPSPRS |
|
PIENBL |
|
OBENBL |
TGALRM |
*NDL8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1809 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
TRW1 |
|
TRW0 |
|
TINA1 |
|
TINA0 |
TINB1 |
TINB0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1852 |
Word axis |
Current loop gain ( PK1 ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1853 |
Word axis |
Current loop gain ( PK2 ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1854 |
Word axis |
Current loop gain ( PK3 ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1855 |
Word axis |
Velocity loop gain ( PK1V ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1856 |
Word axis |
Velocity loop gain ( PK2V ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1857 |
Word axis |
Incomplete integral coefficient ( PK3V ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1858 |
Word axis |
Velocity loop gain ( PK4V ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1859 |
Word axis |
Velocity control observer parameter ( POA1 ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1860 |
Word axis |
Improvement of velocity control ( BLCMP ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1861 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1862 |
Word axis |
Velocity control observer parameter ( POK1 ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1863 |
Word axis |
Velocity control observer parameter ( POK2 ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1864 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
1865 |
Word axis |
Compensation for current non±operating area ( PPMAX ) |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
1866 |
Word axis |
Compensation for current non±operating area ( PDDP ) |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
1867 |
Word axis |
Compensation for current non±operating area ( PHYST ) |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1868 |
Word axis |
Back electromotive force compensation ( EMFCMP ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1869 |
Word axis |
Current phase control ( PVPA ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1870 |
Word axis |
Current phase control ( PALPH ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1871 |
Word axis |
Back electromotive force compensation ( EMFBAS ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1872 |
Word axis |
Torque limit ( TQLIM ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1873 |
Word axis |
Back electromotive force compensation ( EMFLMT ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1874 |
Word axis |
Motor type in each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1875 |
Word axis |
Load inertia ratio in each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
1876 |
Word axis |
Number of position detection feedback pulses ( PULCO ) |
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1877 |
Word axis |
Overload protection coefficient ( OVC1 ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1878 |
Word axis |
Overload protection coefficient ( OVC2 ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1879 |
Word axis |
Direction of motor rotation in each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
1883 |
Bit axis |
|
|
BCTL |
|
|
|
HSAXIS |
|
|
|
|
FEEDFD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1884 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FCBLCM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1891 |
Word axis |
Number of position detection feedback pulses ( PPLS ) |
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1892 |
Word axis |
TG alarm level ( TGALMLV ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
1893 |
Word axis |
Overload protection coefficient ( OVCLMT ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1894 |
Word axis |
PK2VAUX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1895 |
Word axis |
Torque command filter ( FILTER ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1951 |
Bit axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 74 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. |
Data type |
|
|
|
|
contents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1952 |
Bit axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1953 |
Bit axis |
BLSTP |
|
BLCUT |
|
|
|
ADBLSH |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1954 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
BLS |
PES |
BLTEN |
|
|
SPBIT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1955 |
Bit axis |
DPFBCT |
|
|
PGEXPD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1956 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
VCMD2 |
VCMD1 |
|
|
MSFEN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1957 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
TDOUT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1958 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ABNTDT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1959 |
Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
HDN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1960 |
Bit axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
1961 |
Word axis |
Feed forward coefficient ( FALPH ) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1962 |
Word axis |
Velocity loop feed forward coefficient ( VFFLT ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1963 |
Word axis |
Backlash compensation acceleration parameter ( ERBLM ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1964 |
Word axis |
Backlash compensation acceleration parameter ( PBLCT ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1965 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1966 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1967 |
Word axis |
Velocity dependent current loop gain ( AALPH ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1968 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1969 |
Word axis |
1 msec acceleration feedback gain ( WKAC ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
1970 |
Word axis |
Overshoot preventive counter ( OSCTPL ) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1971 |
Word axis |
Numerator of dual position feedback conversion coefficient ( DPFCH1 ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1972 |
Word axis |
Denominator of dual position feedback conversion coefficient ( DPFCH2 ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1973 |
Word axis |
Time constant of dual position feedback ( DPFTC ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1974 |
Word axis |
Zero width of dual position feedback ( DPFZW ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1975 |
Word axis |
Backlash acceleration end amount ( BLENDL ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
1976 |
Word axis |
Brack control hold time ( MOFCT ) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1977 |
Word axis |
Numerator when the flexibly feed gear is used ( SDMR1 ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1978 |
Word axis |
Denominator when the flexibly feed gear is used ( SDMR2 ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
1979 |
Word axis |
Rated current parameter ( RTCVRR ) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1980 |
Word axis |
Torque offset of new type backlash acceleration ( TCPRLD ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1981 |
Word axis |
Mechanical speed feedback coefficient ( MCNFB ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
1982 |
Word axis |
Base pulse in backlash acceleration ( BLBSL ) |
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1983 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1984 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1985 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1986 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1987 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1988 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1989 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1990 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1991 |
Word axis |
Phase progress compensation coefficient in deceleration ( DEPVPL ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
1992 |
Word axis |
1 pulse suppress level for serial pulse coder A and B ( ONEPSL ) |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1993 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1994 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1995 |
Word axis |
( Reserve ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 75 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. |
Data type |
|
contents |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996 Word axis ( Reserve )
1997 Word axis ( Reserve )
1998 Word axis ( Reserve )
1999 Word axis ( Reserve )
1738 |
|
|
Abnormal load detection alarm timer |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Word |
||
Unit of data |
: msec |
||
Valid range |
: 0±32767 (Specifying 0 automatically sets 200 msec.) |
Specify the period of time from when an abnormal load is detected to when a servo alarm is issued.
Maximum speed in workpiece±axis acceleration/deceleration for the
1758
electronic gear box automatic phase alignment function
Data type |
: |
|
Word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Valid range |
: |
|
0 to 32000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Unit of data |
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Setting Unit |
|
IS±A |
|
IS±B |
|
IS±C |
|
|
IS±D |
|
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
|
10.0 |
|
1.0 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.01 |
|
deg/min |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
Time constant related to the maximum speed in workpiece±axis |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
1759 |
|
|
|
|
acceleration/deceleration for the electronic gear box automatic phase |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
alignment function |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Data type |
: Word axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Valid range |
: |
|
0 to 2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Unit of data |
: msec |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
The acceleration used in workpiece±axis acceleration/deceleration is determined as follows: |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Acceleration= |
|
|
|
Maximum speed (parameter No. 1758) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Time constant for the maximum speed (parameter No. 1759) |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
|
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
|
#1 |
|
|
#0 |
|
|
|
|||||
1800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CIN |
|
CCI |
RTFWD |
FVF |
|
CVR |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CVR |
Specifies whether to issue a servo alarm if velocity control ready signal VRDY turns on before position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
control ready signal PRDY turns on. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
0 : Does not issue a servo alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
1 : Issues a servo alarm. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Normally, set CVR to 1. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
FVF |
Specifies whether to perform follow±up in the servo off mode. |
|
|
|
|
0: Does not perform follow±up (mechanical clamp in the servo off mode).
1: Performs follow±up (mechanical handle in the servo off mode).
± 76 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
RTFWD
0 : Disables forward feed control during rapid traverse.
1 : Enables forward feed control during rapid traverse.
Normally, forward feed control is enabled only when cutting feed is performed. When this parameter is set to 1, forward feed is also enabled during rapid traverse. This decreases positional deviation in the servo, reducing the time for entering an effective area during positioning.
CCI Specifies the value to be used as the effective area during cutting feed (cutting±feed effective area).
0 : Uses parameter 1827, which is also used for rapid traverse.
1 : Uses parameter 1838, which is used only for cutting feed.
When a positioning block is specified or an exact stop is specified in a cutting feed block, the block decelerates the tool at the end of the block for a position check. The cutting/rapid traverse position check function al lows the effective area (parameter 1838) to be set separately for cutting feed in addition to the effective area (parameter 1827) for rapid traverse.
For example, a larger effective area can be set for rapid traverse, while an ordinary small effective area is set for cutting feed. This can reduce machining time (positioning time) without reducing machining precision.
The CCI bit of parameter 1800 is used to select whether this new function or the standard position check function is used. When this position check function is selected, it is effective for all axes. For axes that do not require this function, set the same data in parameters 1827 and 1838.
When a rapid traverse block terminates, a position check is performed using the value set in rapid±traverse± specific parameter 1827. When a cutting feed block terminates and the next block specifies cutting feed, a position check is performed using the value set in cutting±specific parameter 1838; if the next block specifies rapid traverse, however, a position check is performed using the value in rapid±traverse±specific parameter 1827. Furthermore, when a cutting feed block terminates, cutting±specific parameter 1838 can always be used for a position check regardless of the next block. This is specified by the CIN bit of parameter 1800.
Upon termination of a cutting feed block, the effective area is determined as follows:
CIN bit (bit 5) of parameter 1800 |
Next block |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rapid traverse |
|
Cutting feed |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
0 |
Rapid traverse data (1827) |
|
Cutting feed data (1838) |
|
|
|
|
1 |
Cutting feed data (1838) |
|
Cutting feed data (1838) |
|
|
|
|
In addition, the RTFWD bit of parameter 1800 enables forward feed for rapid traverse. When forward feed control is enabled for rapid traverse, positional deviation in the servo is decreased and the time required for enterin g the effective area during positioning is reduced.
CIN When CCI is 1, the CIN bit specifies the condition under which the cutting feed parameter defines the cutting±feed effective area.
0 : Used only when the next block specifies cutting feed.
1 : Always used regardless of the next block.
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
||
1802 |
|
|
|
|
TQO |
FUPx |
|
SVFx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit axis
SVFx Specifies whether to validate the servo off signal.
0 : Does not validate the servo off signal.
1 : Validates the servo off signal.
FUPx Whether follow±up is performed for each axis when the servo is turned off
0 : Not performed.
1 : Perfomed.
NOTE Effective when FVF (bit 2 of parameter No. 1800) is 0.
± 77 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
TQO Specifies whether to enable the torque override function.
0 : Disable the function. (100% override)
1 : Enable the function.
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
||
1803 |
|
|
|
|
|
ADJNDR |
CLP |
ADJ |
MDI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit axis
MDI Specifies the synchronous operation modification mode.
0: Specifies the modification mode in which the master axis can be moved.
1: Specifies the modification mode in which the slave axis can be moved.
NOTE The setting is valid when ADJ is set to 1.
|
(Set this bit only for the master axis.) |
|
ADJ |
Specifies the synchronous control mode. |
|
|
0 |
: Specifies the normal mode. |
|
1 |
: Specifies the modification mode. |
|
(Set this bit only for the master axis.) |
|
CLP |
Specifies whether to compensate for synchronous error. |
|
|
0 |
: Compensates for synchronous error. |
|
1 |
: Does not compensate for synchronous error. |
(Set this bit only for the master axis.)
ADJNDR Specifies whether to validate a command to move the machine in the direction of increasing the synchronous error in the modification mode.
0 : Ignores the command.
1 : Validates the command.
(Set this bit only for the master axis.)
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
1804 |
|
CONTE |
RBK |
|
|
|
F24 |
DGPRM |
PLC01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard setting: 0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
1 |
0 |
||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Data type : Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PLC01 Specifies whether the value set in parameter No. 1876 (number of speed feedback pulses) or parameter No. 1891 (number of position feedback pulses) exceeds 32767.
0: The value set in parameter No. 1876 or No. 1891 does not exceed 32767.
1: The value set in parameter No. 1876 or No. 1891 exceeds 32767.
CAUTION When this parameter is set to 1, set parameter No. 1876 or No. 1891 to Y10 of the original value.
NOTE In previous models, when this parameter was set to 1, the unit of data for some parameters was multiplied by 10. With the Series 15±MB/TB/TTB/MFB/TFB/TTFB, however, the unit of data is not multiplied by 10, but remains unchanged.
When the high±resolution detector interface is used, the unit of data for some parameters has been multiplied by 10. For Series 15±MB/TB/TTB/MFB/TFB/TTFB, the unit of data is used as is; that is, it is not multiplied by 10.
± 78 ±
B±62560E/02 4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS
The parameters listed below are not compatible with those used in the Series 15±A that have this parameter set to 1. For these models, multiply the settings by 10.
Parameters
1410, 1411, 1421, 1423, 1424, 1425, 1426, 1427, 1428 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1459, 1460, 1461 1621, 1623, 1625, 1627, 1629, 1827, 1828, 1829, 1830, 1832, 1837, 1850, 1896
7211, 7212, 7213, 7214, 7311, 7312, 7313
DGPRM Specifies whether to set the digital servo parameters specific to the motor at power±on. 0 : Sets the digital servo parameters specific to the motor.
1 : Does not set the digital servo parameters specific to the motor.
When DGPRM is set to 0 after the motor type is specified, the standard settings for the motor type are automatically set at power±on. DGPRM is also set to 1 at power±on.
F24 The unit of data for some parameters has been multiplied by 10. For Series 15±MB/TB/TTB/MFB/ TFB/TTFB, the unit of data is used as is; that is, it is not multiplied by 10.
The parameters listed below are not compatible with those used in the Series 15±A that have this parameter set to 1. For these models, multiply the settings by 10.
This parameter is not used with the Series 15±MB/TB/TTB/MFB/TFB/TTFB.
Parameters
1420 and 1422
RBK |
Backlash compensation applied separately for cutting feed and rapid traverse |
0 |
: Not performed |
1 |
: Performed |
CONTE |
Specifies whether to specify spindle contour control for the serial interface spindle. |
0 |
: Does not specify spindle contour control. |
1 |
: Specifies spindle contour control. |
When spindle contour control is specified for the serial interface spindle, the spindle is regarded as one of the controlled axes. That is, the spindle for which CONTE is set to 1 is the spindle for which spindle contour control is executed.
Set the following settings for an axis for which spindle contour control is to be executed:
Rotation axis
Least input increment: conform to the settings in increment system IS±B
Always presetting the workpiece coordinate system with manual reference position returnCommand multiplication: 2 (multiplication: 1)
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
||
1810 |
|
|
|
NAD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
NAD |
Specifies whether to perform A/D conversion of spindle or servo motor current. |
|||||||||||
0 |
: Performs A/D conversion. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
1 |
: Does not perform A/D conversion. |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
||
1811 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADV |
|
HCNV |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Data type : Bit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
HCNV |
Specifies the type of A/D conversion data output. |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
0 |
: Standard type |
(32 ms) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
1 |
: High±speed type(8 ms) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
± 79 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
NOTE Be sure to set 1 when A/D conversion data is read using the high±speed window. When the high±speed type is specified, block processing may require more time than when HCNV is set to 0. This is because the CNC processing load increases for A/D conversion data output.
ADV |
|
Specifies whether to use the advanced feed±forward function during acceleration/deceleration |
||||||||||||||
|
|
before look±ahead interpolation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
0 |
: Do not use the function. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
1 |
: Use the function. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
NOTE 1 The advanced feed±forward function is never used when acceleration/deceleration before |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
look±ahead interpolation is not being applied (or automatic feedrate control for high±precision |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
contour control is not exercised). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NOTE 2 The advanced feed±forward function can not be used when the Electronic Gear Box function |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
(EGB) is used. Please set 1 to this parameter when EGB function is used. |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#7 |
|
#6 |
#5 |
|
#4 |
|
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|
1815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
APCx |
|
APZx |
|
|
|
OPTx |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Data type : Bit axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
OPTx |
|
|
Specifies whether to use a separate pulse coder as the position detector. |
|||||||||||||
|
0 : Does not use any separate pulse coder. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
1 : Uses a separate pulse coder. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
||||||||||||||||
NOTE 1 Set this bit to 1 together with bit 1 of parameter No. 1005 when using a magnetic switch for |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
reference position return regardless of whether a separate detector is used. |
|
||||||||||||
NOTE 2 Refer to the parameter (No.1807#3). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
APZx |
|
|
Indicates whether relative positioning of the machine position and absolute±position detector is |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
complete when an absolute±position detector (absolute pulse coder) is used as the position de- |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
tector. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
0 : Not complete |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 : Complete
When an absolute±position detector is used: Set APZx to 0 when primary at±site adjustment is done or the absolute pulse coder is replaced. Then turn on the power, and perform manual reference position return. Relative positioning of the machine position and absolute±position detector is complete and APZx is automatically set to 1.
APCx 0 |
: Indicates the position detector is a detector other than an absolute±position detector. |
||||||||||
1 |
: Indicates the position detector is an absolute±position detector (absolute pulse coder). |
||||||||||
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
#5 |
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
1816 |
|
|
ACMx |
DM3x |
DM2x |
DM1x |
RC4x |
RC3x |
RC2x |
RC1x |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input
Data type : Bit axis
RC1x to RC4x Reference counter capacity
± 80 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reference counter capacity |
|
||
|
RC4x |
RC3x |
|
RC2x |
RC1x |
(Digital servo) |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other than high |
|
High resolution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
resolution detector |
|
detector |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
1000 |
|
10000 |
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
|
0 |
|
1 |
2000 |
|
20000 |
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
|
1 |
|
0 |
3000 |
|
30000 |
|
|
|
0 |
0 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
4000 |
|
40000 |
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
5000 |
|
50000 |
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
|
0 |
|
1 |
6000 |
|
60000 |
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
|
1 |
|
0 |
7000 |
|
70000 |
|
|
|
0 |
1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
8000 |
|
80000 |
|
|
|
1 |
0 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
9000 |
|
90000 |
|
|
|
1 |
0 |
|
0 |
|
1 |
10000 |
|
100000 |
|
|
|
1 |
0 |
|
1 |
|
0 |
11000 |
|
110000 |
|
|
|
1 |
0 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
12000 |
|
120000 |
|
|
|
1 |
1 |
|
0 |
|
0 |
13000 |
|
130000 |
|
|
|
1 |
1 |
|
0 |
|
1 |
14000 |
|
140000 |
|
|
|
1 |
1 |
|
1 |
|
0 |
15000 |
|
150000 |
|
|
|
1 |
1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
16000 |
|
160000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
NOTE Refer to the parameter (No.1896). |
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
DM1x to DM3x Detecting multiplier setting |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
DM3x |
|
DM2x |
|
DM1x |
Detecting multiplier |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
0 |
|
0 |
1/2 |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
0 |
|
1 |
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
1 |
|
0 |
3/2 |
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
0 |
|
0 |
5/2 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
0 |
|
1 |
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
0 |
7/2 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specify the parameter for a spindle positioning (indexing) axis as follows:
Reference counter capacity RC4x to RC1x |
: 1001 |
Detection multiplication DM3x to DM1x : |
111 |
NOTE Refer to the parameters (Nos.1920, 1977, 1978).
± 81 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
1) In case of pulse coder (with digital servo)
Move distance per revolution of |
Increment |
|
Detection multiply ratio |
|
||||||
motor (pulse coder) |
Command |
|
|
(DMR) |
|
|
||||
system |
|
|
|
Reference |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Feed |
|
Feed |
(Detection |
multiply |
|
Pulse coder |
|
|||
Rotary |
|
|
counter |
|||||||
unit) |
ratio |
|
|
|||||||
screw is |
axis |
screw is |
|
|
|
|
|
capacity |
||
2000 |
|
2500 |
|
3000 |
||||||
metric |
inch |
(μm or |
(CMR) |
|
|
|
||||
(mm) |
(deg) |
(inch) |
10±4 inch) |
|
PPR |
|
PPR |
|
PPR |
|
12 |
12 |
1.2 |
1 |
1 |
± |
|
± |
|
4 |
12000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
10 |
1.0 |
1 |
1 |
± |
|
4 |
|
± |
10000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
9 |
0.9 |
1 |
1 |
± |
|
± |
|
3 |
9000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
8 |
0.8 |
1 |
1 |
4 |
|
± |
|
± |
8000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
7 |
0.7 |
1 |
1 |
3.5 |
|
± |
|
± |
7000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
6 |
0.6 |
1 |
1 |
3 |
|
± |
|
2 |
6000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
5 |
0.5 |
1 |
1 |
2.5 |
|
2 |
|
± |
5000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
4 |
0.4 |
1 |
1 |
2 |
|
± |
|
± |
4000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
3 |
0.3 |
1 |
1 |
1.5 |
|
± |
|
1 |
3000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
2 |
0.2 |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
± |
|
± |
2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
1 |
0.1 |
1 |
1 |
0.5 |
|
± |
|
± |
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2) In case of pulse coder (with digital servo and with high resolution detector)
Move distance per revolution |
Increment |
|
|
|
|
|
Detection multiply ratio |
|
|||||||||||||||
of motor system (pulse coder) |
|
Command |
|
|
|
(DMR) |
|
||||||||||||||||
system |
|
|
|
|
Reference |
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Detection |
|
|
multiply |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Feed |
|
|
|
Rotary |
|
Feed |
|
|
|
|
Pulse coder |
counter |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
unit) |
|
|
ratio |
|
|
||||||||||||||
screw is |
|
|
screw is |
|
|
|
|
capacity |
|||||||||||||||
|
|
axis |
|
(μm or |
|
|
(CMR) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
metric |
|
|
|
(deg) |
|
inch |
10±4 inch) |
|
|
|
|
|
20000 PPR |
|
25000 PPR |
|
|||||||
(mm) |
|
|
|
|
(inch) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 |
1.0 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
± |
|
|
|
4 |
|
100000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
8 |
0.8 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
4 |
|
|
|
± |
|
80000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
7 |
0.7 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
3.5 |
|
|
|
± |
|
70000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
6 |
0.6 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
3 |
|
|
|
± |
|
60000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
0.5 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
2.5 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
50000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
0.4 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
2 |
|
|
|
± |
|
40000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
0.3 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
1.5 |
|
|
|
± |
|
30000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
0.2 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
1 |
|
|
|
± |
|
20000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
0.1 |
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1 |
0.5 |
|
|
|
± |
|
10000 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
ACMx |
|
|
0 : Does not use an optional command multiplication factor. |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
1 : Uses an optional command multiplication factor. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
#7 |
#6 |
|
#5 |
|
#4 |
#3 |
#2 |
#1 |
#0 |
|
|
|||||||||
1817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TANDEM |
|
|
OPB |
|
OPA |
|
HYB |
|
SYN |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Data type : Bit axis (set for each axis) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Set this parameter for both master and slave axes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
SYN |
|
|
|
Specifies whether to execute synchronous control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
0 : Does not execute synchronous control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
1 : Executes synchronous control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE Set SYN to 1 for the axes to be controlled synchronously. In this case, set SYN to 1 for both master and slave axes.
± 82 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HYB |
|
|
|
Specifies whether to execute hybrid control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
0 |
: Does not execute hybrid control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
1 |
: Executes hybrid control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
TANDEM |
Specifies whether to validate tandem control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
0 |
: Does not validate tandem control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
1 |
: Validates tandem control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
OPA |
Specifies whether to perform type A malfunction check (check at a stop). |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Not performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
: Performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
OPB |
Specifies whether to perform type B malfunction check (check during movement). |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
0 |
: Not performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
: Performed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1820 |
|
|
|
|
Command multiplier for each axis (CMR) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Parameter input |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Data type |
|
: Byte axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Unit of data |
: Multiplied by 0.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Valid range |
: 1 to 40 (multiplier at 0.5 to 20) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
For each axis specify a multiplier which indicates the ratio of the least command increment to a detection unit. |
||||||||||||||
|
Least command increment = detection unit × command multiplication |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Specify 2 (multiplication by 1) as the CMR for a spindle positioning (indexing) axis. |
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Relationships between increment systems and least command increments |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Setting Unit |
IS±A |
IS±B |
IS±C |
|
IS±D |
IS±E |
Unit |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Metric system machine |
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
|
0.00001 |
0.000001 |
mm |
|
||||||
|
Inch system machine |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
0.00001 |
|
0.000001 |
0.0000001 |
inch |
|
||||||
|
Rotary axis |
|
|
0.01 |
0.001 |
0.0001 |
|
0.00001 |
0.00000 |
deg |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command multiplier (CMR), detection multiplier (DMR), and reference counter capacity
Command pulse |
+ |
|
|
|
To |
|
CMR |
Error counter |
D/A conversion |
velocity |
|
Least command |
- |
|
|
|
control |
increment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Detection |
|
|
|
|
Reference |
unit |
Feedback pulse |
Position |
|
|
counter |
|
DMR |
|
detector |
|
|
|
|
|
Specify CMR and DMR so that the weight for pulses used as positive input is the same as that for pulses used as negative input to the error counter in the above figure.
Least command increment/CMR = detection unit = feedback pulse unit/DMR
The feedback pulse unit depends on the position detector.
Feedback pulse unit = distance traveled per pulse coder rotation/number of pulses per pulse coder rotation (2000, 2500, or 3000)
Specify the grid interval for reference position return using the grid method as the reference counter capacity.
Reference counter capacity = grid interval/detection unit
Grid interval = distance traveled per pulse coder rotation
± 83 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
Specify the CMR for each axis as follows when using the optional command multiplication function. (For Series 15±M)
(i)When CMR = 1/2 to 1/27
Set ACMx (bit 7 of parameter No. 1816) to 1.
Then specify the value given by the following expression:
Setting = |
1 |
|
CMR |
||
|
Valid range : 1 to 27
(ii)When CMR = 0.5 to 48
Set ACMx (bit 7 of parameter No. 1816) to 0.
Then specify the value given by the following expression. Setting = CMR * 2
Valid range : 1 to 96
1821
Data type
Valid range
Value of the numerator of a command multiplier for each axis (optional command multiplier)
:Word axis
:0 to 9999
Specify the value of the numerator of a command multiplier for each axis.
The optional command multiplier is required.
1822
Data type
Valid range
Value of the denominator of a command multiplier for each axis (optional command multiplier)
:Word axis
:0 to 9999
Specify the value of the denominator of a command multiplier for each axis.
The optional command multiplier is required.
To use the optional command multiplier N/M (N: 1821, M: 1822), set a value other than 0 in parameter No. 1821 and No. 1822.
1825 |
|
|
Servo loop gain for each axis |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data : 0.01/s
Valid range : 1 to 9999
Specify the position control loop gain for each axis.
For a machine which performs linear or circular interpolation (cutting), specify the same value for all axes. For a machine which requires only positioning, different values may be specified for different axes. The larger the specified loop gain, the higher the position control response. If the loop gain is too large, the servo system becomes unstable.
The relationships between the positioning deviation (amount of pulses stored in the error counter) and feedrate are expressed as follows:
Positioning deviation = feedrate/(60 * loop gain)
Unit: Positioning deviation mm, inches, or deg
Feedrate mm/min, inches/min, or deg/min
loop gain s
± 84 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1827 |
|
|
Valid area for each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
||||
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
Unit of data : Detection unit. Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multi plied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 99999999
Specify the valid area for each axis.
When the deviation of the machine position and specified position (absolute positioning deviation) does not exceed the valid area, it is assumed that the machine reaches the specified position, that is, it moves correctly.
1828 |
|
|
Positioning deviation limit for each axis while it is moving |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
Unit of data : Detection unit. Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multi plied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 99999999
Specify the positioning deviation limit for each axis while it is moving.
If the positioning deviation limit of the axis is exceeded while the axis is moving, a servo alarm is issued and the machine stops immediately (same as an emergency stop).
Generally, specify a value larger than the positioning deviation in the rapid traverse mode.
1829 |
|
|
Positioning deviation limit for each axis when it is stopped |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
Unit of data : Detection unit. Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multi plied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 99999999
Specify the positioning deviation limit for each axis when it is stopped.
If the positioning deviation limit of the axis is exceeded when the axis is stopped, a servo alarm is issued and the machine stops immediately (same as an emergency stop).
1830 |
|
|
Positioning deviation limit for each axis in the servo off mode |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
Unit of data : Detection unit. Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multi plied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 99999999
Specify the positioning deviation limit for each axis in the servo off mode.
If the positioning deviation limit of the axis in the servo off mode is exceeded, a servo alarm is issued and the machine stops immediately (same as an emergency stop).
Generally, specify the same value as for the positioning deviation limit for an axis when it is stopped.
± 85 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1832 |
|
|
Feed±stop position deviation for each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|
|||
|
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
|
Unit of data : Detection unit. Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multi plied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 99999999
Specify the feed±stop position deviation for each axis.
The optional feed±stop function is required.
If the positioning deviation of an axis while it is moving exceeds the feed±stop position deviation for the axis, pulse distribution and acceleration/deceleration control are temporarily stopped. When the positioning deviation becomes less than the feed±stop position deviation, pulse distribution and acceleration/deceleration control are restarted.
The feed±stop function is mainly used for decreasing overshoot when a large servo motor is accelerated or decelerated.
Generally, specify the intermediate value between the positioning deviation limit while the tool moving and the positioning deviation limit for the axis in the rapid traverse mode as the feed±stop position deviation.
1834 |
|
|
Drift compensation amount for the spindle positioning axis |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data : 1Velo
Valid range : ±500 to +500
This parameter can be used to compensate for drift in the position loop of the spindle positioning axis.
Feedrate command voltage (Velo) corresponding to the positional deviation = 0.000000192 x loop gain (setting value) x loop gain multiplier (setting value) x positional deviation (detection unit)
Positioning deviation limit while the tool is moving in the rigid tapping
1837
mode
Parameter input
Data type : Two±word axis
Unit of data : Detection unit. Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multi plied by 10.
Valid range : 0 to 99999999
Specify the positioning deviation limit for a drilling axis in the rigid tapping mode. (Parameter No. 1828 is used for axes other than a drilling axis in the rigid tapping mode.)
Specify the same loop gain for the drilling axis and spindle in the rigid tapping mode. The setting of parameter No. 5753 is used as the loop gain for the drilling axis and spindle in the rigid tapping mode. The loop gain of the spindle must not be excessively large. In addition, the loop gain of the drilling axis in the rigid tapping mode is generally smaller than the loop gain in other modes (parameter No. 1828). The positioning deviation limit for the drilling axis while the tool is moving in the rigid tapping mode is provided separately because the positioning deviation increases if the loop gain decreases at the same speed.
F
60G
F : Feedrate (mm/min, inches/min, or deg/min)
G : Loop gain (1/s)
± 86 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1838 |
|
|
Cutting±feed effective area for each axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
||||
|
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data : Detection unit
Valid range : 0 to 32767
When the CCI bit of parameter 1800 is 1, specify the cutting±feed effective area used for each axis.
1849 |
|
|
Backlash compensation amount used for rapid traverse for each axis |
|
|
|
|
Parameter entry |
|
||
Data type |
: Word axis type |
||
Unit of data |
: Detection unit |
Valid data range : ±9999 to +9999
Set the backlash compensation amount used in rapid traverse for each axis.
NOTE This parameter is valid when RBK, #6 of parameter 1804, is set to 1.
More precise machining can be performed by changing the backlash compensation amount depending on the feedrate, rapid traverse or the cutting feed for positioning.
Let the measured backlash at cutting feed be A and the measured backlash at rapid traverse be B. The backlash compensation amount is shown below depending on the change of feedrate (cutting feed or rapid traverse) and the change of the direction of movement.
|
Change of feedrate |
Cutting feed to |
Rapid traverse |
Rapid traverse |
Cutting feed to |
|
|
|
|
cutting feed |
to rapid traverse |
to cutting feed |
rapid traverse |
Change of direction of movement |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Same direction |
0 |
0 |
±α |
±(±α) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opposite direction |
±A |
±B |
±(B+α) |
±(B+α) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 1 α=(A±B)/2
NOTE 2 The positive direction for compensating values is the direction of movement.
|
α |
A |
A |
NOTE 3 Assign the measured backlash at cutting feed (A) in parameter No. 1851 and that at rapid traverse (B) in parameter No. 1849
NOTE 4 Manual continuous feed is regarded as cutting feed.
NOTE 5 The backlash compensation depending on feedrate is not performed until the first return to the reference position is completed after the power is turned on. Until then, the normal backlash compensation is performed according to the value specified in parameter No. 1851 irrespective of the feedrate.
NOTE 6 The backlash compensation depending on feedrate is performed only when RBK, #6 of parameter No. 1804, is set to 1. When RBK is set to 0, the normal backlash is performed.
± 87 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
Measurement way of the backlash compensation amount. (example)
(1) Backlash compensation amount used for cutting feed.
1The backlash compensation amount used for cutting feed (parameter No. 1851) is set to º0º.
2The axis is moved to the measurement point by the cutting feed and the dial indicator is installed. The graduation of the dial indicaotr is set to 0.
G01 G09 X0 Ff ;
X100.0
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0
3 The axis is moved as a cutting feed in the same direction.
X200.0 ;
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
0
cutting feed
4The axis is moved in an opposite direction and it returns to the measurement point. The graduation of the dial indicator is read.
X100.0 ;
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
A
cutting feed
A backlash compensation amount used for cutting feed
5The backlash compensation amount is converted into detection unit and it is set in the parameter No. 1851.
± 88 ±
B±62560E/02 |
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
(2) Backlash compensation amount used for rapid traverse.
1The backlash compensation amount used for rapid traverse (parameter No. 1849) is set to º0º.
2The axis is moved to the measurement point by the rapid traverse and the dial indicator is installed. The graduation of the dial indicator is set to 0.
G00 G90 X0 ;
X100.0
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0
3 The axis is moved as a rapid traverse in the same direction.
X200.0 ;
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
rapid traverse
4The axis is moved in an opposite direction and it returns to the measurement point. The graduation of the dial indicator is read.
X100.0 ;
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
B
rapid traverse
B backlash compensation amount used for rapid traverse
5The backlash compensation amount is converted into detection unit and it is set in the parameter No. 1849.
± 89 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
Action.
Here, the backlash compensation action is explained under the following assumption.
Backlash compensation amount used for cutting feed |
A=40 |
Backlash compensation amount used for rapid traverse |
B=20 |
α=(A±B)/2=10 |
|
Initial backlash direction is minus
The mark F is machine position
(1) Reference point return
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
hundle feed
motor
(2) From cutting feed to rapid traverse in the opposite direction
G90 G90 X100.0 ; |
Compensation amount of this time = + (B+α) = 30 |
||
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 30 |
|
|
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
rapid |
|
|
|
traverse |
30 |
|
|
|
|
backlash compensation amount |
|
(3) From rapid traverse to cutting feed in the same direction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G00 X200.0 |
Compensation amount of this time = 0 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 30 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
0 |
100 |
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rapid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
traverse |
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) From rapid traverse to cutting feed in the opposite direction
G00 X100.0 ; |
Compensation amount of this time = ±B = ±20 |
|
||||||
|
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 10 |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
100 |
200 |
300 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rapid
traverse
10
± 90 ±
B±62560E/02 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
(5) From rapid traverse to cutting feed in the opposite direction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
G01 X200.0 Ff ; |
Compensation amount of this time = (B+α) = 30 |
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
0 |
100 |
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cutting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feed |
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6) From cutting feed to cutting feed in the same direction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
G01 X300.0 Ff ; |
Compensation amount of this time = 0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
0 |
100 |
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cutting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feed |
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) From cutting feed to cutting feed in the opposite direction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
G01 X200.0 Ff ; |
Compensation amount of this time = ±A = ±40 |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
0 |
100 |
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cutting |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feed |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8) From cutting feed to rapid traverse in the same direction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
G01 X100.0 ; |
Compensation amount of this time = ± (±α) = 10 |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
0 |
100 |
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rapid
feed
10
± 91 ±
4. DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS |
|
|
|
|
|
B±62560E/02 |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
(9) From rapid traverse to cutting feed in the same direction |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
G01 X100.0 ; |
Compensation amount of this time = ±α = ±10 |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulation compensation amount = 0 |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
100 |
200 |
300 |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cutting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1850 |
|
|
Grid shift for each axis |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Two±word axis |
Unit of data : Detection unit. Even when PLC01 of parameter No. 1804 is set to 1, the unit of data is not multi plied by 10.
Valid range : ±99999999 to +99999999
Specify the grid shift for each axis.
The grid position can be shifted by the amount specified in the parameter to move the reference position. The grid shift must be the reference counter capacity (RC1x to RC4x in parameter No. 1816) or less.
1851 |
|
|
Backlash compensation for each axis |
|
|
|
|
Parameter input |
|||
Data type |
: Word axis |
Unit of data : Detection unit
Valid range : ±9999 to +9999
Specify the backlash compensation for each axis.
When an axis moves in the direction opposite to the reference position return direction after power±on, the first backlash compensation is made.
Specifying backlash compensation
1Specify multiplication by 1 for the CMR of an axis to be adjusted (setting = 2). (To match the least input increment and detection unit)
Specify 2 for the axis in parameter No. 1820.
NOTE Remember the value set in parameter No. 1820 because the original value must be respecified after the backlash compensation is specified.
2Specify 0 for the backlash compensation for the axis to be adjusted. Specify 0 for the backlash compensation for the axis in parameter No. 1851.
3Move the machine in the positive direction using continuous manual feed (rapid traverse or jogging) and stop it. Then move the machine in the same direction using step feed or manual handle feed by a command in which some least input increments are specified and stop it. Regard the position where the machine stopped as the reference position. Move the machine continuously in the same direction using commands in which the least input increment is specified until the machine travels the distance of 20 increments. Measure the stop position corresponding to each command. Then move the machine in the negative direction from the last stop position using commands in which the least input increment is specified until the machine
±92 ±